Onderwerp: Bezoek-historie

Regulation Safety Seagoing Vessels (uncontrolled version)
Geldigheid:01-01-2012 t/m 01-07-2015Versie:vergelijk Status: Was geldig

Dit onderwerp bevat de volgende rubrieken.

Regulation containing further rules with respect to the safety and certification of seagoing vessels registered in the Netherlands, as well as rules with respect to the safety of foreign ships in Dutch estuaries (Regulation Safety Seagoing Vessels)

16 December 2004/No. HDJZ/SCH/2004-2755

General Management Legal Affairs
The Minister of Transport, Public Works and Water Management, Noting the articles 12, 22, 32, 46, 48, first clause, 51, 54, 58 and 65 of the Ships Decree 2004, the articles 5, first clause, 26e, second clause, and 26f of the Ships Act and the articles 3, first clause, 7, first clause, and 11, second clause, of the Foreign Ships Act, and guideline no. 92/29/EEC of the Council of the European Communities of 31 March 1992 with respect to the minimum provisions regarding safety and health for the promotion of a better medical assistance on board of ships (PbEC L 113), as well as the Codes, guidelines and orders mentioned in article 1 of this Regulation;

Resolves:

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Regulation containing further rules with respect to the safety and certification of seagoing vessels registered in the Netherlands, as well as rules with respect to the safety of foreign ships in Dutch estuaries (Regulation Safety Seagoing Vessels)

16 December 2004/No. HDJZ/SCH/2004-2755

General Management Legal Affairs
The Minister of Transport, Public Works and Water Management, Noting the articles 12, 22, 32, 46, 48, first clause, 51, 54, 58 and 65 of the Ships Decree 2004, the articles 5, first clause, 26e, second clause, and 26f of the Ships Act and the articles 3, first clause, 7, first clause, and 11, second clause, of the Foreign Ships Act, and guideline no. 92/29/EEC of the Council of the European Communities of 31 March 1992 with respect to the minimum provisions regarding safety and health for the promotion of a better medical assistance on board of ships (PbEC L 113), as well as the Codes, guidelines and orders mentioned in article 1 of this Regulation;

Resolves:

Chapter 1 Initiatory provisions

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 1 Definitions

Definitions

  1. In this regulation the following terms have the following meanings:
    1. Decree: Ships Decree 2004;

    2. BC Code: the Bulk Cargoes Code adopted by resolution A.434(XI) of the General Assembly of the Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization (IMCO)1 of the United Nations;

    3. DSC Code: the Dynamically Supported Craft Code adopted by resolution A.373(X) of the General Assembly of the IMCO;

    4. Timber Deck Cargoes Code: the Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes adopted by resolution A.715 (17) of the General Assembly of the IMO;

    5. MODU Code 1979: the Mobile Offshore Drilling Units Code, 1979, adopted by resolution A.414(XI) of the General Assembly of the IMCO;

    6. MODU Code 1989: the Mobile Offshore Drilling Units Code, 1989, adopted by resolution A.649(16) of the General Assembly of the IMO;

    7. SPS Code: the Special Purpose Ships Code adopted by resolution A.534(13) of the General Assembly of the IMO;

    8. EmS Guide: the Emergency response procedures for ships carrying dangerous goods determined by circular MSC/Circ.1025 of the Maritime Safety Committee of the IMO;

    9. guideline 96/98/EC: guideline no. 96/98/ EC of the Council of the European Union of 20 December 1996 regarding the equipment of seagoing vessels (PbEC 1997, L 46);

    10. guideline 98/18/EC: guideline no. 98/18/ EC of the Council of the European Union of 17 March 1998 regarding safety provisions and safety standards for passenger ships (PbEC L 144);

    11. guideline 98/41/EC: guideline no. 98/41/EC of the Council of 18 June 1998 regarding the registration of the persons on board of passenger ships who sail from or to ports in the member states of the Community (PbEC L 188);

    12. guideline 1999/5/EC: guideline no.1999/5/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union of 9 March 1999 regarding radio equipment and telecommunication end equipment and the mutual recognition of their conformity (PbEC L 91);

    13. guideline 1999/35/EC: guideline no. 1999/35/EC of the Council of the European Union of 29 April 1999 regarding a system of mandatory surveys for the safe exploitation of regular services with ro-ro ferries and high-speed craft (PbEC L 138);

    14. guideline 2003/25/EC: guideline no. 2003/25/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union of 14 April 2003 regarding specific stability requirements for ro-ro passenger ships (PbEU L 123);

    15. order (EC) 725/2004: order (EC) no. 725/2004 of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union of 31 March 2004 regarding the improvement of the security of ships and port facilities (PbEU L 129).

  2. For the purpose of the Decree and this Regulation, an international voyage is equated with a voyage between The Netherlands and The Netherlands Antilles or Aruba.

 


. On May 22nd 1982 the name of the Organisation has change into 'International Maritime Organisation' (IMO).

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Article 1 - Definitions

  1. In this Regulation the following terms shall have the following meanings:

    • Decree: Ships Decree 2004;

    • DSC Code: the Code for the Safety of Dynamically Supported Craft adopted by resolution A.373(X) of the General Assembly of the Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organisation (IMCO) of the United Nations (Dynamically Supported Craft Code);

    • EmS Guide: the Emergency Response Measures and Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods established by Circular MSC/Circ.1025 of the Maritime Safety Committee of the IMO (EmS Guide);

    • Timber Deck Cargoes Code: the Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes adopted by resolution A.715(17) of the General Assembly of the IMO;

    • IMDG Code: the International Maritime Dangerous Goods adopted by resolution MSC.122(75) of the Maritime Safety Committee of the IMO;

    • IMSBC Code: the International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes Code adopted by resolution MSC.268(85) of the Maritime Safety Committee of the IMO;

    • IS Code: the Code on the Intact Stability for all Types of Ships for which exist IMO regulations adopted by resolution A.749(18) of the General Assembly of the IMO (Intact Stability Code);

    • IS Code 2008: the International Code on the Intact Stability 2008 adopted by resolution MSC.267(85) of the Maritime Safety Committee of the IMO (Intact Stability Code, 2008);

    • LY2 Code: the Large Commercial Yacht Code notified by Circular letter no. 2950 of 23 March 2009 at the IMO;

    • MODU Code 1979: the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units 1979 adopted by resolution A.414(XI) of the General Assembly of the IMCO (Mobile Offshore Drilling Units Code, 1979);

    • MODU Code 1989: the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units 1989 adopted by resolution A.649(16) of the General Assembly of the IMO (Mobile Offshore Drilling Units Code, 1989);

    • MODU Code 2009: the Mobile Offshore Drilling Units Code, 2009 adopted by resolution A.1023(26) of the General Assembly of the IMO;

    • resolution A.673(16): the Guidelines for the transport and handling of limited amounts of hazardous and noxious liquid substances in bulk on offshore support vessels adopted by resolution A.673(16) of the General Assembly of the IMO;

    • resolution MSC.235(82): the Guidelines for the design and construction of offshore supply vessels, 2006 adopted by resolution MSC.235(82) of the Maritime Safety Committee of the IMO;

    • guideline 92/29/EEC: guideline no. 92/29/EEC of the Council of the European Communities of 31 March 1992 regarding the minimum requirements as regards safety and health for the promotion of a better medical assistance on board of ships (PbEC L 113);

    • guideline 96/98/EC: guideline no. 96/98/EC of the Council of the European Union of 20 December 1996 as regards equipment of seagoing vessels (PbEC 1997, L 46);

    • guideline 98/41/EC: guideline no. 98/41/EC of the Council of 18 June 1998 as regards the registration of the persons on board of passenger ships who sail from or to ports in the member states of the Community (PbEC L 188);

    • guideline 1999/5/EC: guideline no. 1999/5/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union of 9 March 1999 regarding radio equipment and telecommunication end equipment and the mutual recognition of their conformity (PbEC L 91);

    • guideline 1999/35/EC: guideline no. 1999/35/EC of the Council of the European Union of 29 April 1999 regarding a system of mandatory surveys for the safe exploitation of regular services with ro-ro ferries and high-speed craft (PbEC L 138);

    • guideline 2003/25/EC: guideline no. 2003/25/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union of 14 April 2003 regarding specific stability requirements for ro-ro passenger ships (PbEU L 123);

    • guideline 2009/45/EC: guideline no. 2009/45/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union of 6 May 2009 as regards safety requirements and standards for passenger ships (PbEU L 163);

    • machinery spaces: spaces as referred to in regulation II-2/3, item 30, of the SOLAS Convention;

    • machinery spaces of category A: spaces as referred to in regulation II-2/3, item 31, of the SOLAS Convention;

    • SPS Code: the Code for the Safety of Ships for Special Purposes adopted by resolution A.534(13) of the General Assembly of the IMO (Special Purpose Ships Code);

    • SPS Code 2008: the Code for the Safety of Ships for Special Purposes adopted by resolution MSC.266(84) of the Maritime Safety Committee 2008 (Special Purpose Ships Code, 2008);

    • anniversary date: a day and month of each year that correspond with the date of expiry that is situated between the date of issue and the date of expiry of a certificate;

    • order (EC) 725/2004: order (EC) no. 725/2004 of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union of 31 March 2004 regarding the improvement of the security of ships and port facilities (PbEU L 129);

    • order (EC) 336/2006: order (EC) no. 336/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union of 15 February 2006 as regards the implementation of the International Safety Management Code in the Community and for withdrawal of order (EC) no. 3051/95 of the Council of the European Union (PbEU L 64).

  2. For the purpose of this Decree and the Regulation, an international voyage is equated with a trans-Atlantic voyage between countries of the Kingdom or parts thereof.

Article 2 Date of construction of a ship

Date of construction of a ship

The day on which the keel of the ship is laid, or the day on which a stage of construction similar to the laying of the keel has been reached in compliance with the relevant provisions of the Codes or guidelines which are applicable under this Regulation, is regarded as the date of construction of a ship. Article 2, second clause, of the Decree is equally binding.

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Date of construction of a ship

The day on which the keel of the ship is laid, or the day on which a stage of construction similar to the laying of the keel has been reached in compliance with the relevant provisions of the Codes, resolutions or guidelines which are applicable under this Regulation, is regarded as the date of construction of a ship. Article 2, second clause, of the Decree is equally binding.

Article 3 Range of application

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Range of application

Unless explicitly stated otherwise, this Regulation is applicable to ships which are entitled to fly the flag of the Kingdom.

Chapter 2 Certificates and surveys

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

§ 1 Required certificates

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 3a National safety certificate

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

National safety certificate

  1. A national safety certificate is required for the following categories of ships:
    1. a cargo ship of less than 500 GT with a length of 24 metres or more, not being a ship as referred to in item c;

    2. a cargo ship with a length of less than 24 metres, not being a ship as referred to in item c;

    3. a ship which has not been provided with mechanical means of propulsion;

    4. a cargo ship of 500 GT or more, solely intended and used for national voyages.

  2. As national safety certificate is established the model included in Annex 1 to this Regulation, provided that various markings are used which depend on the category to which a ship belongs on the basis of the first paragraph.

Article 4 National passenger ship certificate (EU)

Arcticle 4 - National passenger ship certificate (EU)

  1. For passenger ships engaged on national voyages from or to a port in the European Union, the passenger ship safety certificate belonging to guideline 98/18/EC is required.

  2. The first clause is not applicable to:
    1. ships, built before 1 July 1998, having a length of less than 24 metres;

    2. ships certified according to the DSC Code, the HSC Code 1994 or the HSC Code 2000;

    3. ships as referred to in article 3, second clause, item a, of guideline 98/18/ EC.

  3. The certificate as referred to in the first clause replaces the national safety certificate.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2010

Arcticle 4 - National passenger ship certificate (EU)

  1. For passenger ships engaged on national voyages from or to a port in the European Union, the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, belonging to Directive 2009/45/EC, is required.

  2. The first clause is not applicable to:
    1. ships, built before 1 July 1998, having a length of less than 24 metres;

    2. ships certified according to the DSC Code, the HSC Code 1994 or the HSC Code 2000;

    3. ships as referred to in Article 3, second paragraph, item a, of Directive 2009/45/EC.

  3. The certificate as referred to in the first clause replaces the national safety certificate.

Article 5 Certificates for mobile offshore drilling units (IMO)

Certificates for mobile offshore drilling units (IMO)

  1. For mobile offshore drilling units as referred to in the MODU Code 1979 and 1989 the following certificates are required:
    1. for drilling units, built before 1 May 1991: the mobile offshore drilling units safety certificate, belonging to the MODU Code 1979;
    2. for drilling units, built on or after 1 May 1991: the mobile offshore drilling units safety certificate, belonging to the MODU Code 1989.

  2. For ships as referred to in article 6 of the Decree the certificates as referred to in the first clause replace the national safety certificate which is required for these ships.
Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Certificates for mobile offshore drilling units (IMO)

  1. For mobile offshore drilling units as referred to in the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code  1989 and the MODU Code 2009 the following certificates are required:
  1. for drilling units, built before 1 May 1991: the mobile offshore drilling units safety certificate, belonging to the MODU Code 1979;

  2. for drilling units, built on or after 1 May 1991 but before 1 January 2012: the mobile offshore drilling unts safety certificate, belonging to the MODU Code 1989;

  3. for drillling units, built on or after 1 January 2012: the mobile offshore drilling units safety certiticate, belonging to the  MODU Code 2009.

  • For ships as referred to in article 6 of the Decree the certificates as referred to in the first clause replace the national safety certificate which is required for these ships.

Article 5a Certificates for offshore supply and support vessels (IMO)

Ingangsdatum: 23-02-2008

Certificates for offshore supply and support vessels (IMO)

  1. For an offshore supply vessel as referred to in resolution MSC.235(82), the certificate which belongs to that resolution is required.

  2. For an offshore support vessel as referred to in resolution A.673(16), not being an offshore support vessel as referred to in Article 1.5.3 of that resolution, the certificate which belongs to that resolution is required.

  3. The certificate, as referred to in the second paragraph, replaces the national safety certificate.

Article 5b Certificate of conformity (LY2 Code)

Ingangsdatum: 23-02-2008

Certificate of conformity (LY2 Code)

  1. For a ship as regards which on the basis of Article 12a has been opted for application of the LY2 Code, a certificate of conformity as referred to in the LY2 Code is required.

  2. For a ship as referred to in Article 6 of the Decree, the certificate of conformity replaces the national safety certificate.

Article 6 Certificates under DSC Code and SPS Code (IMO)

Certificates under DSC Code and SPS Code (IMO)

  1. For a ship regarding which on the basis of article 12 has been opted for application of the DSC Code or the SPS Code, the certificate belonging to the relevant Code is required. If has been opted for application of the DSC-Code, the operating permit which belongs to that Code is also required.

  2. For ships as referred to in article 6 of the Decree, the certificates as referred to in the first clause replace the national safety certificated required for these ships.
Ingangsdatum: 02-07-2009

Certificates under DSC Code, SPS Code and SPS Code 2008 (IMO)

  1. For a ship regarding which on the basis of Article 12 has been opted for application of the DSC Code, the SPS Code or the SPS Code 2008, the certificate belonging to the relevant Code is required. If has been opted for application of the DSC Code, the operating permit which belongs to that Code is also required.

  2. For ships as referred to in Article 6 of the Decree, the certificates as referred to in the first paragraph replace the national safety certificate required for these ships.

Article 7 Additional European ro-ro passenger ship certificate (EU)

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 7 - Additional European ro-ro passenger ship certificate (EU)

  1. For ro-ro passenger ships as referred to in article 2 of guideline 2003/25/EC which are engaged on international voyages on a regular basis from or to a port in the European Union, a certificate as referred to in article 8 of guideline 2003/25/EC is required, which shows that they comply with the specific stability requirements of that guideline.

  2. The certificate as referred to in the first clause is combined with the international passenger ship safety certificate which is required pursuant to article 5 of the Decree.

Article 7a Safety management certificate (EU)

Article 7a - Safety management certificate (EU)

  1. Article 9, first clause, preamble and item a, and the second clause, of the Decree is equally binding to passenger ships as referred to in Article 2, fourth clause, of ordinance (EC) 336/2006, cargo ships of 500 GT or more and mobile offshore drilling units of 500 GT or more insofar as these ships are used for national voyages.

  2. The first clause is not applicable to the following ships:
    1. government ships used for other than business purposes;

    2. ships which have not been provided with means for mechanical propulsion, wooden ships with a primitive construction and pleasure craft, unless they have or will have a crew and carry more than twelve passengers for business purposes;

    3. other passengers ships than ro-ro passenger ships as referred to in Article 2, eleventh clause, of ordinance (EC) 336/2006, sailing in the sea areas of classes C and D as referred to in Article 5 of guideline 98/18/EC.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2010

Article 7a - Safety management certificate (EU)

  1. Article 9, first clause, preamble and item a, and the second clause, of the Decree is equally binding to passenger ships as referred to in Article 2, fourth clause, of ordinance (EC) 336/2006, cargo ships of 500 GT or more and mobile offshore drilling units of 500 GT or more insofar as these ships are used for national voyages.

  2. The first paragraph is not applicable to the following ships:

    1. government ships used for other purposes than commercial purposes;

    2. ships not provided with means for mechanical propulsion, wooden ships with a primitive construction and pleasure craft, unless they have or will have a crew and carry more than twelve passengers for commercial purposes;

    3. other passenger ships than ro-ro passenger ferries as referred to in Article 2, eleventh paragraph, of regulation (EC) 336/2006, navigating in the sea areas of classes C and D as referred to in Article 4 of Directive 2009/45/EC.

Article 8 National passenger ship security certificate (EU)

National passenger ship security certificate (EU)

  1. As of 1 July 2005 article 9, introduction and item b, of the Decree is equally binding to passenger ships, belonging to class A as referred to in article 4 of guideline 98/18/EC, which are engaged on national voyages from or to a port in the European Union.

  2. The first clause is not applicable to ships which have not been provided with means for mechanical propulsion and to wooden or primitively built ships.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2010

Article 8 - Ship security certificate for passenger ships operating domestic services (EU)

  1. As from 1 July 2005, Article 9, first paragraph, heading and item b, of the Decree are equally binding to passenger ships, belonging to class A as referred to in Article 4 of Directive 2009/45/EC, which undertake national voyages from or to a port in the European Union.

  2. The first clause is not applicable to ships that have not been provided with means for mechanical propulsion and to wooden or ships of primitive build.

Article 9 Records of equipment, appendices and the like belonging to certificates

Records of equipment, appendices and the like belonging to certificates

The certificates as referred to in the articles 4 through 7 are accompanied by the records of equipment and appendices which belong to those certificates, as well as the stability data or other data regarding ship or cargo prescribed in the relevant Codes or guidelines.

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Records of equipment, appendices and the like belonging to certificates

The certificates as referred to in the articles 3a through 7 are accompanied by the records of equipment and appendices which belong to those certificates, as well as the stability data or other data regarding ship or cargo prescribed in the relevant Codes, resolutions or guidelines.

§ 2 Surveys

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 10 Surveys of passenger ships in national service (EU)

Surveys of passenger ships in national service (EU)

Passenger ships for which the passenger ship safety certificate, belonging to guideline 98/18/EC, is required, are subjected to the surveys prescribed in article 10 of guideline 98/18/EC in order to obtain that certificate and during the period of validity thereof.

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Article 10 - Surveys of passenger ships in national service (EU)

Passenger ships for which the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, belonging to Directive 2009/45/EC, is required, are subjected to the inspections required by Article 12 of Directive 2009/45/EC in order to obtain that certificate and during its period of validity.

Article 11 Surveys of mobile offshore drilling units (IMO)

Surveys of mobile offshore drilling units (IMO)

Mobile offshore drilling units as referred to in the MODU Code 1979 or 1989 are subjected to the surveys prescribed in the relevant Codes in order to obtain the certificates required for these ships and during the period of validity thereof.

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Surveys of mobile offshore drilling units (IMO)

Mobile offshore drilling units as referred to in the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989 or the MODU Code 2009 are subjected to the surveys prescribed in the relevant Code in order to obtain the certificates required for these ships and during the period of validity.

Article 12 Surveys under DSC Code and SPS Code (IMO)

Surveys under DSC Code and SPS Code (IMO)

  1. The owner of a ship, belonging to one of the following categories of ships, may opt for survey of that ship and for certification in compliance with:
    1. for dynamically supported ships as referred to in the DSC Code, built before 1 January 1996: the provisions of the DSC Code;
    2. for ships, intended for special purposes as referred to in the SPS Code: the provisions of the SPS Code.

  2. If with regard to a ship has been opted for application of a Code mentioned in the first clause, the surveys prescribed in the relevant Code replace the surveys as referred to in article 14 or 15 of the Decree.
Ingangsdatum: 02-07-2009

Surveys under DSC Code, SPS Code and SPS-Code 2008 (IMO)

  1. The owner of a ship, belonging to one of the following categories of ships, may opt for having that ship surveyed and certificated with due regard for:
    1. for dynamically supported ships as referred to in the DSC Code, built before 1 January 1996: the provisions of the DSC Code;
    2. for ships, intended for special purposes as referred to in the SPS Code and the SPS Code 2008, built before 2 July 2009: the provisions of the SPS Code or the SPS Code 2008;
    3. for ships, intended for special purposes as referred to in the SPS Code 2008, built on or after 2 July 2009: the provisions of the SPS Code 2008.

  2. If with regard to a ship has been opted for application of a Code mentioned in the first clause, the surveys prescribed in the relevant Code replace the surveys as referred to in article 14 or 15 of the Decree.

Article 12a Surveys under the LY2 Code

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Surveys under the LY2 Code

  1. The owner of a commercial seagoing vessel of less than 3000 GT with a perpendicular length of 24 metres or more and which has been designed, built and used for solely the carriage of not more than 12 passengers may opt for having that ship surveyed and certificated with due regard for the LY2 Code, which is attached to this Regulation as Annex 2.

  2. If with regard to a ship has been opted for application of the LY2 Code in accordance with the first paragraph, the surveys as referred to in the Articles 13 through 15 of the Decree also aim at verifying whether the requirements of that Code have been complied with.

Article 13 Surveys of ro-ro ferries and high-speed passenger craft (EU)

Surveys of ro-ro ferries and high-speed passenger craft (EU)

  1. Ro-ro ferries and high-speed passenger craft as referred to in article 2 of guideline 1999/35/EC, which are engaged on international voyages on a regular basis from a port in the European Union, are subjected to the inspections and surveys prescribed in the articles 4, 6 and 8 of guideline 1999/35/EC.
    The host states as referred to in article 2 of that guideline also check whether the requirements, as referred to in article 5 of guideline 1999/35/EC, have been met.

  2. The first clause is equally binding to ro-ro ferries and high speed passenger craft which are engaged on a regular service on national voyages in sea areas of class A as referred to in article 4 of guideline 98/18/EC.

  3. For ships for which a certificate as referred to in article 8 of guideline 2003/25/EC is required, the inspections and surveys as referred to in the first clause also serve to determine whether the specific stability requirements of guideline 2003/25/EC have been complied with.

  4. Application of guideline 1999/35/EC takes place with due respect for the articles 7, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14 and 15 of that guideline.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2010

Article 13 - Surveys of ro-ro ferries and high-speed passenger craft (EU)

  1. Ro-ro ferries and high-speed passenger craft as referred to in article 2 of guideline 1999/35/EC, which are engaged on international voyages on a regular basis from a port in the European Union, are subjected to the inspections and surveys prescribed in the articles 4, 6 and 8 of guideline 1999/35/EC. The host states as referred to in article 2 of that guideline also check whether the requirements, as referred to in article 5 of guideline 1999/35/EC, have been met.

  2. The first paragraph is equally binding to ro-ro ferries and high-speed passenger ships engaged on national voyages in sea areas of class A as referred to in Article 4 of Directive 2009/45/EC within the framework of scheduled services.

  3. For ships for which a certificate as referred to in article 8 of guideline 2003/25/EC is required, the inspections and surveys as referred to in the first clause also serve to determine whether the specific stability requirements of guideline 2003/25/EC have been complied with.

  4. Application of guideline 1999/35/EC takes place with due respect for the articles 7, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14 and 15 of that guideline.

Article 14 Times of survey

Times of survey

The surveys referred to in the articles 10 through 13 take place at the times required in the relevant Codes and guidelines, provided that the renewal survey to which a ship is subjected in connection with the renewal of a certificate, always takes place in the last three months of the period of validity of the relevant certificate.

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Times of survey

  1. The surveys as referred to in Article 9a take place at the following times:
    1. an initial survey before a ship enters into service;
    2. an intermediate or periodical survey in the period of three months before to three months after the second or the third anniversary date;
    3. a renewal survey to which a ship is subjected in connection with the renewal of the certificate in the last three months of the period of validity of the appropriate certificate;
    4. a survey of the hull at the outside twice in a period of five years, provided that the period between two hull surveys is not more than 36 months;
    5. a survey after repairs and renewals to a ship have taken place.

  2. The surveys as referred to in the Articles 9b through 13 take place at the times prescribed in the appropriate Codes, resolutions and guidelines, provided that the renewal survey to which a ship is subjected in connection with the renewal of a certificate, always takes place in the last three months of the period of validity of the appropriate certificate.

Article 15 Performance surveys by recognized organizations

Performance surveys by recognized organizations

  1. The surveys, as referred to in the articles 18 and 19 of the Decree, are performed by an organization, assigned to that end pursuant to article 23 of the Decree, as desired by the owner.

  2. The surveys to which a ship pursuant to the articles 13, 14, 16 and 17 of the Decree or the articles 11 and 12 of this Regulation is subjected, are performed by an organization assigned pursuant to article 23 of the Decree where the ship has been classified, for ships for which an international safety certificate as referred to in the articles 5, first clause, item a or b, or 7 of the Decree is required.

  3. The surveys to which a ship, not being a ship as referred to in the second clause, pursuant to the articles 13, 14, 15 or 17 of the Decree or the articles 10 through 12 of this Regulation are subjected, are performed by an organization assigned pursuant to article 23 of the Decree where the ship has been classified or, if the ship has not been classified, by officials of the Shipping Inspectorate.

  4. If pursuant to article 23 of the Decree also other organizations than the organizations referred to in the second and third clause have been assigned, the relevant surveys may, contrary to the second and third clause, also be performed by these other organizations.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Performance surveys by recognized organizations

  1. The surveys, as referred to in the articles 18 and 19 of the Decree, are performed by an organization, assigned to that end pursuant to article 23 of the Decree, as desired by the owner.
  2. The surveys to which a ship pursuant to the articles 13, 14, 16 and 17 of the Decree or the articles 11, 12 and 12a of this Regulation is subjected, are performed by an organization assigned pursuant to article 23 of the Decree where the ship has been classified, for ships for which an international safety certificate as referred to in the articles 5, first clause, item a or b, or 7 of the Decree is required.
  3. The surveys to which a ship, not being a ship as referred to in the second clause, pursuant to the articles 13, 14, 15 or 17 of the Decree or the articles 9a through 12a of this Regulation are subjected, are performed by an organization assigned pursuant to article 23 of the Decree where the ship has been classified or, if the ship has not been classified, by officials of the Shipping Inspectorate.

  4. If pursuant to article 23 of the Decree also other organizations than the organizations referred to in the second and third clause have been assigned, the relevant surveys may, contrary to the second and third clause, also be performed by these other organizations.

Article 16 Annotation of surveys

Annotation of surveys

The person who has performed the survey places an annotation on the certificate of the surveys to which a ship pursuant to the articles 10 through 12 and 13, third clause, has been subjected during the period of validity of a certificate.

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Annotation of surveys

The person who has performed the survey places an annotation on the certificate of the surveys to which a ship pursuant to the articles 9a through 12a and 13, third clause, has been subjected during the period of validity of a certificate.

Article 9a Surveys of ships for which a national safety certificate is required

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Surveys of ships for which a national safety certificate is required

  1. A ship as referred to in Article 3a, first paragraph, item b respectively c, is subjected to the following surveys in order to obtain the national safety certificate and during its period of validity:
    1. an initial survey;
    2. an intermediate or periodical survey;
    3. a renewal survey in connection with renewal of the certificate;
    4. a survey of the hull at the outside;
    5. a survey in connection with repairs and renewals to the ship.

  2. The surveys, as referred to in the first paragraph, include the following:
    1. the survey as referred to in item a, b or c is a complete survey of the construction of the hull, the watertight enclosure, the equipment including the steering gear, the electrical installation, the navigation and radio equipment, the life-saving devices, fire extinguishing system and safety devices, the lights and other means for prevention of collisions;
    2. the survey as referred to in item e is carried out after an accident has taken place or an irregularity has been found as a result of which there are doubts whether the ship is still suitable for navigating safely and repairs have been carried out in connection herewith.

Article 9b Surveys of offshore supply and support vessels (IMO)

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Surveys of offshore supply and support vessels (IMO)

An offshore supply vessel as referred to in resolution MSC.235(82), respectively an offshore support vessel as referred to in resolution A.673(16) is subjected to surveys for establishing that the guidelines included in the resolutions have been complied with, in order to obtain the certificates required for these ships and during their period of validity.

§ 3 Issue and validity of certificates

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 17 Certificates for passenger ships in national service (EU)

Certificates for passenger ships in national service (EU)

  1. The passenger ship safety certificate, belonging to guideline 98/18/EG, has a period of validity of one year. The certificate may, in compliance with the provisions to that end in article 11 of the guideline, be extended with not more than one month.

  2. The articles 29, second clause, and 30, introduction and item a, of the Decree are equally binding to certificates as referred to in the first clause.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2010

Article 17 - Certificates for passenger ships in national service (EU)

  1. The Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, belonging to Directive 2009/45/EC, has a period of validity of one year. The certificate may, with due regard for the provisions to that end in Article 13 of the Directive, be extended with not more than one month.

  2. The articles 29, second clause, and 30, introduction and item a, of the Decree are equally binding to certificates as referred to in the first clause.

Article 18 Certificates under MODU Code, DSC Code or SPS Code (IMO)

Certificates under MODU Code, DSC Code or SPS Code (IMO)

  1. The certificates as referred to in article 6, when they have been issued for a passenger ship, have a period of vailidity of one year. The certificates as referred to in article 5, like the certificates as referred to in article 6 which have been issued for cargo ships, have a period of validity of five years.

  2. The period of validity of a certificate as referred to in article 7 is equal to the period of validity of the international passenger ship safety certificate with which it is combined.

  3. The articles 29, second clause, 30 and 31 of the Decree are equally binding to certificates as referred to in the first clause.

Chapter 3 Requirements for ship and management

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

§ 1 Requirements for ships

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 18a Requirements for ships as referred to in Article 3a, first paragraph, items b and c

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Requirements for ships as referred to in Article 3a, first paragraph, items b and c

  1. Ships as referred to in Article 3a, first paragraph, items b and c, comply with the requirements, as referred to in section 1 respectively 2 of Annex 3.

  2. Contrary to the first paragraph, ships, as referred to in Article 3a, first paragraph, item c, and built before the date of entry into force of this Regulation, need not comply with the requirements, as referred to in section 2, item b, of Annex 3 till 1 January 2013, provided that there are sufficient life-saving devices on board for the employed special persons on board and that radiocommunication with the accompanying ship is possible.

Article 18b Requirements for ships, certified under the LY2 Code

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Requirements for ships, certified under the LY2 Code

If with regard to a ship in accordance with Article 12a has been opted for application of the LY2 Code, that ship complies with the requirements of that Code.

Article 19 Requirements for passenger ships in national service (EU)

Requirements for passenger ships in national service (EU)

  1. A passenger ship for which the passenger ship safety certificate, belonging to guideline 98/18/EC, is required, complies with the requirements which are applicable to that ship pursuant to the articles 6, first through third clause, and 6 bis of that guideline.

  2. As sea areas of the classes A, B, C and D as referred to in article 4 of guideline 98/18/EC are assigned the sea areas indicated in the Annex to this Regulation.

  3. On board of ships as referred to in the first clause, built on or after 1 October 2004, which are used for public transport, appropriate measures are taken for the safety of and the accessibility for disabled persons, in compliance with the directives included in Annex III to guideline 98/18/EC.

  4. The third clause, as far as this is reasonable and feasible from an economic viewpoint, is equally binding to ships, built before 1 October 2004, which are subjected to an alteration after that date.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2010

Article 19 - Requirements for passenger ships in national service (EU)

  1. A passenger ship for which the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, belonging to Directive 2009/45/EC, is required, complies with the requirements applicable to that ship under the Articles 6, first through third paragraphs, and 7 of that Directive.

  2. The sea areas indicated in Annex 4 to this Regulation are designated as sea areas of the classes A, B, C and D as referred to in Article 4, second paragraph, of Directive 2009/45/EC.

  3. On board of ships as referred to in the first paragraph, built on or after 1 October 2004, appropriate measures are taken for the safety of and the accessibility for persons with reduced mobility having due regard for the guidelines incorporated in Annex III to Directive 2009/45/EC.

  4. The third clause, as far as this is reasonable and feasible from an economic viewpoint, is equally binding to ships, built before 1 October 2004, which are subjected to an alteration after that date.

Article 20 Requirements under MODU Code, DSC Code and SPS Code (IMO)

Requirements under MODU Code, DSC Code and SPS Code (IMO)

  1. A ship for which a certificate, belonging to the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989, the DSC Code or the SPS Code, is required, meets the requirements of the relevant Code.

  2. If in a Code as referred to in the first clause is referred to the Load Lines Convention or the SOLAS Convention, that Convention will be applied in compliance with all amendments of that Convention which are applicable pursuant to article 71 of the Decree.
Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005
Geldig tot en met: 01-07-2009

Requirements under MODU Code, DSC Code and SPS Code (IMO)

  1. A ship for which a certificate, belonging to the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989, the DSC Code or the SPS Code, is required, meets the requirements of the relevant Code.

  2. If in a Code as referred to in the first clause is referred to the Load Lines Convention or the SOLAS Convention, that Convention will be applied in compliance with all amendments of that Convention which are applicable pursuant to article 71 of the Decree.
Article 20 Requirements under MODU Code, DSC Code, SPS Code and SPS Code 2008 (IMO)

Requirements under MODU Code, DSC Code, SPS Code and SPS Code 2008 (IMO)

  1. A ship for which a certificate, belonging to the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989, the DSC Code, the SPS Code or the SPS Code 2008, is required, complies with the requirements of the appropriate Code.

  2. If in a Code as referred to in the first paragraph is referred to the International Convention on Load Lines or the SOLAS Convention, that Convention is applied with due regard for all amendments to that Convention which are applicable under Article 71 of the Decree.
Ingangsdatum: 02-07-2009
Geldig tot en met: 31-12-2011

Requirements under MODU Code, DSC Code, SPS Code and SPS Code 2008 (IMO)

  1. A ship for which a certificate, belonging to the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989, the DSC Code, the SPS Code or the SPS Code 2008, is required, complies with the requirements of the appropriate Code.

  2. If in a Code as referred to in the first paragraph is referred to the International Convention on Load Lines or the SOLAS Convention, that Convention is applied with due regard for all amendments to that Convention which are applicable under Article 71 of the Decree.
Article 20 Requirements under MODU Codes, DSC Code and SPS Codes (IMO)
Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Requirements under MODU Codes, DSC Code and SPS Codes (IMO)

  1. A ship for which a certificate, belonging to the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989, the MODU Code 2009, the DSC Code, the SPS Code or the SPS Code 2008 is required, shall meet the requirements of the relevant Code.

  2. If in a Code as referred to in the first paragraph is referred to the International Convention on Load Lines or the SOLAS Convention, that Convention is applied with due regard for all amendments to that Convention which are applicable under Article 71 of the Decree.

Article 21 Special requirements for offshore supply vessels and support vessels (IMO)

Special requirements for offshore supply vessels and support vessels (IMO)

  1. Offshore supply vessels meet the requirements of Notice to Shipping no. 280/1992 (Stcrt. 70).

  2. Offshore supply vessels, used for the transport of limited amounts of dangerous or hazardous goods in bulk, meet the requirements of Notice to Shipping no. 281/1992 (Stcrt. 70).
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Special requirements for offshore supply and support vessels (IMO)

  1. An offshore supply vessel complies with the requirements of resolution MSC.235(82).

  2. An offshore support vessel as referred to in resolution A.673(16), not being an offshore support vessel as referred to in Article 1.5.3 of that resolution, complies with the requirements of the aforementioned resolution.

Article 22 Further rules regarding the stability of ships (IMO, EU)

Further rules regarding the stability of ships (IMO, EU)

  1. A ship meets the stability requirements for undamaged ships of Notice to Shipping no. 255/1990 (Stcrt. 117) or Notice to Shipping no. 279/1992 (Stcrt. 70) which are applicable to that ship.

  2. The first clause is not applicable to offshore supply vessels, to passenger ships for which the passenger ship safety certificate, belonging to guideline 98/18/EC, is required, and to cargo ships having a length of less than 12 metres for which no certificate is required.

  3. Ro-ro passenger ships for which a certificate as referred to in article 8 of guideline 2003/25/EC is required, also meet the stability requirements for damaged ships which are applicable pursuant to the articles 6 and 7 of that guideline.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2010

Article 22 - Further rules regarding the stability of ships (IMO, EU)

  1. To as ship, built before 1 July 2010, the intact stability requirements of the IS Code applicable to that ship are equally binding.

  2. The first paragraph is not applicable to passenger ships for which the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, belonging to Directive 2009/45/EC, is required, and to cargo ships with a length of less than 12 metres for which no certificate is required.

  3. Ro-ro passenger ships for which a certificate as referred to in Article 8 of Directive 2003/25/EC is required, also comply with the damage stability requirements applicable under the Articles 6 and 7 of that Directive.

  4. To ships as referred to in Article 3a, first paragraph, items b and c, with a length of less than 24 metres, built on or after 1 July 2010, the intact stability requirements of the IS Code 2008 applicable to those ships are equally binding.

Article 23 Further rules regarding mechanical and electrical installations

Further rules regarding mechanical and electrical installations

  1. The electrical installations on board of a ship meet the standards in Publication 92 (Electrical Installations on Board of Ships) of the International Electrotechnical Committee or equivalent standards of a classification society assigned pursuant to article 36 of the Decree.

  2. The construction and design and the maintenance of electrical passenger lifts comply with:
    1. the rules of a classification society assigned pursuant to article 36 of the Decree, or:
    2. the standard issued by the Dutch Standardization Institute in Delft, NEN 28 383.

  3. In addition to provision II-1/42.2, respectively II-1/43.2, of the SOLAS Convention, the electrical emergency power source availabe on board of a ship is also able to supply power during at least 36 hours, in case of a passenger ship, and at least 18 hours, in case of a cargo ship, for the benefit of emergency lighting in galleys, messes and other rooms for general use.

  4. The measures for reduction of noise nuisance prescribed in Notice to Shipping no. 213/1987 (Stcrt. 114) are taken on board of a ship.

  5. The arrangement and design of acetylene welding apparatus and cutting apparatus meet the requirements of Notice no. 35/1965 (Stcrt. 169).
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Further rules regarding mechanical and electrical installations

  1. The electrical installations on board of a ship meet the standards in Publication 92 (Electrical Installations on Board of Ships) of the International Electrotechnical Committee or equivalent standards of a classification society assigned pursuant to article 36 of the Decree.

  2. The construction and design and the maintenance of electrical passenger lifts comply with:
    1. the rules of a classification society assigned pursuant to article 36 of the Decree, or:
    2. the standard issued by the Dutch Standardization Institute in Delft, NEN 28 383.

  3. In addition to provision II-1/42.2, respectively II-1/43.2, of the SOLAS Convention, the electrical emergency power source available on board of a ship is also able to supply power during at least 36 hours, in case of a passenger ship, and at least 18 hours, in case of a cargo ship, for the benefit of emergency lighting in galleys, messes and other rooms for general use.

  4. To a ship as referred to in Regulation 3a, first paragraph, item b, Regulation II-1/43.2 of the SOLAS Convention is equally binding and the emergency source of electrical power available on board is able to supply power during at least 6 hours for the benefit of the emergency lighting in galleys, messes and other public spaces.

  5. The measures for noise reduction prescribed in resolution A.468(XII) of the General Assembly of the IMO are taken on board of a ship (Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships).

  6. An acetylene welding and cutting system, consisting of acetylene and oxygen bottles including the space for storage, pipelines, hoses and appendages are positioned and arranged on board such that the risk of fire and explosion with an operating as well as a nonoperating system has been minimized.

  7. The electrical welding sets with corresponding apparatus which are used on board of a ship have been arranged such that they can impose no danger to persons or the surrounding area with due regard for the special circumstances on board.

Article 24 Further rules regarding the safety of navigation

Further rules regarding the safety of navigation

  1. The provisions V/19.2.3.1 and V/19.2.3.4 of the SOLAS Convention are equally binding to cargo ships of less than 300 GT.

  2. Provision V/19.2.5.4 of the SOLAS Convention is equally binding to ships of less than 500 GT, with the exception of passenger ships for which the passenger ship safety certificate, belonging to guideline 98/18/EC, is required.
Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Article 24 - Further rules regarding the safety of navigation

  1. The provisions V/19.2.3.1 and V/19.2.3.4 of the SOLAS Convention are equally binding to cargo ships of less than 300 GT.

  2. Regulation V/19.2.5.4 of the SOLAS Convention is equally binding to ships of less than 500 GT, with the exception of passenger ships for which the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, belonging to Directive 2009/45/EC, is required.

  3. If a cargo ship with a length of 24 metres or more or a passenger ship has been equipped with a bridge navigational watch alarm system on or after 1 July 2009 but before 1 July 2011, it shall meet the requirements of resolution MSC.128(75) of the Maritime Safety Committee of the IMO, involving Performance standards for a bridge navigational watch alarm system (BNWAS).

Article 25 Medical equipment (EU, IMO)

Medical equipment (EU, IMO)

  1. The medical equipment including its manuals and check-lists prescribed in the Regulation Medical Equipment on Board of Seagoing Vessels is available on board of a ship, according to the provisions included in Annex XVI to the Ships Decree 1965.

  2. A Dutch copy of the Medical First Aid Guide for use in accidents involving dangerous goods (MFAG) determined by circular MSC/Circ.857 of the Maritime Safety Committee of the IMO is available on board of a ship carrying dangerous goods as referred to in Chapter VII of the SOLAS Convention.

  3. An English copy instead of a Dutch copy of the Guide as referred to in the second clause, is available on board of ships on which the working language as referred to in provision V/14.3 of the SOLAS Convention is not Dutch.
Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Medical equipment (EU, IMO)

  1. The medical equipment including its manuals and check-lists prescribed in Annex 5 to this Regulation is available on board of a ship. The owner of a ship shall ensure the delivery and the renewal of the medical equipment for his own account.

  2. A Dutch copy of the Medical First Aid Guide for use in accidents involving dangerous goods (MFAG) determined by circular MSC/Circ.857 of the Maritime Safety Committee of the IMO is available on board of a ship carrying dangerous goods as referred to in Chapter VII of the SOLAS Convention.

  3. An English copy instead of a Dutch copy of the Guide as referred to in the second clause, is available on board of ships on which the working language as referred to in provision V/14.3 of the SOLAS Convention is not Dutch.

  4. The first clause is also applicable to fishing vessels.

Article 26 Further rules regarding required certificates

Further rules regarding required certificates

  1. A ship for which an international safety certificate, a national safety certificate or a certificate as referred to in article 5 or 6 is required, also meets the requirements which are applicable under the articles 21, 22, first clause, 23, 24 and 25 in order to obtain that certificate.

  2. Moreover, a ship for which a certificate as referred to in article 5 or 6 is required, meets the requirements of Chapter V of the SOLAS Convention which are applicable pursuant to article 40, third clause, of the Decree in order to obtain that certificate.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Further rules regarding required certificates

  1. A ship for which an international safety certificate, a national safety certificate or a certificate as referred to in article 5, 5a or 6 is required, also meets the requirements which are applicable under the articles 21, 22, first clause, 23, 24 and 25 in order to obtain that certificate.

  2. Moreover, a ship for which a certificate as referred to in article 5, 5a or 6 is required, meets the requirements of Chapter V of the SOLAS Convention which are applicable pursuant to article 40, third clause, of the Decree in order to obtain that certificate.

Article 27 Equivalent arrangements

[Niet geldig (geldigheid van 2005-01-01 tot en met 2009-06-30)]

Article 27 Equivalent arrangements

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Equivalent arrangements

The Head of the Shipping Inspectorate may, in compliance with the relevant provisions in the European guidelines or IMO resolutions which are applicable under this Regulation, allow deviation of the requirements as referred to in the articles 18a through 24, when an arrangement has been made on board of the ship which, in his opinion, is at least equivalent to the arrangement required under the provision from which has been deviated.

Article 28 Mutual recognition

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Mutual recognition

  1. This article is applicable to ships which have been transferred to a Dutch ship's register from a ship's register in another member state of the European Union or a state which is party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area.

  2. The technical standards or technical requirements as referred to in the articles 20, 21, 22, first clause, 23 and 24 are equated with equivalent technical standards or technical requirements, determined by or on behalf of another member state of the European Union or a state which is party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area.

§ 2 Requirements for the management over ships

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 29 Safety committee (ILO)

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Safety committee (ILO)

  1. The safety committee on board of a ship with a crew of more than fifteen persons consists of at least two experienced crewmembers. The committee represents the ship's officers as well as the ship's ratings.

  2. On board of a ship with a crew of not more than fifteen persons at least one safety commissioner is appointed.

  3. The obligation, as referred to in article 26e, first clause, of the Ship's Act, does not apply to fishing vessels and ships with a crew of less than five persons.

Article 30 Registration of persons on board of passenger ships (EU)

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Registration of persons on board of passenger ships (EU)

  1. The owner of a passenger ship provides a system for the registration of passenger data, which complies with guideline 98/41/EC.

  2. Furthermore, the owner takes care of the appointment of a passenger registration officer as referred to in article 2 of guideline 98/41/EC, who is responsible for the duties mentioned in article 8 of that guideline.

  3. The owner shall ensure that the passenger data are at all times immediately available to be passed on to the appropriate authority for search and rescue operations in case of an emergency or after an accident.

  4. The owner shall also ensure that further data with respect to persons having declared to be in need of special care or assistence in case of emergency situations are properly registered and that these data will be passed on to the master before the passenger ship sets off.

  5. Personal details of passengers are stored no longer than necessary in connection with search and rescue activities.

Article 31 Further rules regarding the security of ships (SOLAS, EU)

Further rules regarding the security of ships (SOLAS, EU)

  1. The national authority to which the alarm signals generated by the Ship Security Alert System as referred to in provision XI-2/6.2.1 of the SOLAS Convention can be addressed, is the Coast Guard Centre in Den Helder.

  2. Application of the ISPS Code takes place in compliance with the provisions of Part B of that Code, which are obligatory under article 3, fifth clause, of Order (EC) 725/2004.

  3. Security statements as referred to in provision XI-2/1.15  of the SOLAS Convention need to be stored not longer than necessary in order to comply with provision XI-2/9.2.3 of that Convention. The minimum period for storage of the documentation as referred to in provision A/10.1 of the ISPS Code is three years.

§ 3 Allowance requirements for ship''s equipment

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 32 Range of application

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Range of application

  1. This paragraph is applicable to equipment for which in case of installation on board of a ship, noting the requirements which are applicable to that ship, a type approval is required.

  2. Equipment for which a type approval is required, also includes equipment as referred to in provision V/18.7 of the SOLAS Convention.

Article 33 European type approvals for ship's equipment

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

European type approvals for ship's equipment

  1. Equipment as referred to in Annex A.1 to guideline 96/98/EC may only be placed on board, if it:
    1. has been provided with the conformity mark described in Annex D to guideline 96/98/EC, or
    2. is accompanied by a certificate of equivalence or a certificate of test as referred to in the articles 20 and 21 of the Ship's Equipment Act.

  2. Usage of equipment for which a certificate of equivalence or a certificate for testing has been issued, is only permitted with due respect for the provisions or restrictions related to the relevant certificate.

  3. If a ship is in a port outside the European Union and if it is reasonably not practicable from the point of view of time, delay and costs to place the equipment on board, for which in accordance with guideline 96/98/EC an EC type approval has been granted, necessary replacements of equipment may, contrary to the first clause, take place by installation on board of equipment which has been approved not in accordance with guideline 96/98/EC, provided the conditions mentioned in article 16, first and second clause, of that guideline have been complied with.

Article 34 National type approvals for ship's equipment

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

National type approvals for ship's equipment

  1. Equipment, not being equipment as referred to in Annex A.1 to guideline 96/98/EC, is of a type which has been approved by the Head of the Shipping Inspectorate.

  2. The Head of the Shipping Inspectorate may, contrary to article 33, allow that equipment is placed on board of certain categories of ships, not being ships for which an international safety certificate as referred to in article 5 of the Decree is required, which does not comply with the performance standards and testing standards from Annex A.1 to guideline 96/98/EC, and may grant a type approval for that equipment, provided that this is possible without danger to those ships and their persons on board.

  3. Restrictions regarding the usage of the relevant equipment may be connected with a type approval as referred to in the first or second clause.

Article 35 European type approvals for R&TTE-apparatus

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

European type approvals for R&TTE-apparatus

Contrary to the articles 33 and 34, first clause, on board of cargo ships of less than 150 GT engaged on international voyages, and cargo ships of less than 300 GT engaged on national voyages, also apparatus may be installed which has been provided with the conformity mark for radio equipment and telecommunication end apparatus as referred to in Annex VII to guideline 1999/5/EC, provided that apparatus has been designed such that its proper functioning in a maritime environment is guaranteed.

Article 36 Mutual recognition

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Mutual recognition

A type approval given by the Head of the Shipping Inspectorate is equated with an equivalent type approval, given by or on behalf of another member state of the European Union, or by or on behalf of a state which is party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area.

Article 37 Indemnification clause

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Indemnification clause

  1. If with regard to equipment which has been provided with the conformity mark, as referred fo in Annex D to guideline 96/98/EC, has been complied with article 23, first clause, of the Ship's Equipment Act, the Head of the Shipping Inspectorate takes appropriate temporary measures to prevent that that equipment is placed or used on board of ships. If necessary, he prohibits the installation or the use on board of ships.

  2. Article 23, second clause, of the Ship's Equipment Act is equally binding.

§ 4 Exemptions

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 37a Exemption for specific ships

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Exemption for specific ships as regards the standard and spare magnetic compass and pelorus

  1. On ships of less than 150 GT engaged on national or international voyages and ships of less than 500 GT engaged on national voyages, the standard magnetic compass and the pelorus or their alternative facility are exempted from the requirement to be independent of any electrical power supply included in Regulation 19.2.1.1, respectively 19.2.1.2 of Chapter V of the SOLAS Convention, provided that these facilities are at least independent of the main source of electrical power.

  2. Ships of 150 GT or more, but less than 500 GT, engaged on national voyages, are exempted from the requirement to be provided with a spare magnetic compass included in Regulation 19.2.2.1 of Chapter V of the SOLAS Convention, provided that a second compass has been permanently installed.

Article 37b Exemptions for ships as referred to in Article 3a, first paragraph, item a

Exemptions for ships as referred to in Article 3a, first paragraph, item a

Ships as referred to in Article 3a, first paragraph, item a, have been exempted from the requirements of the following provisions of the SOLAS Convention:

  1. regarding Chapter II-1:
    1°. having the engine room telegraph apparatus included in Article 37;
    2°.the duration of 18 hours as referred to in the Regulations 43.2.2, 43.2.3 and 43.2.4, provided that the mentioned spaces and facilities can be supplied with power during at least 6 hours;
    3°.Regulations 43.2.5, 43.2.6.1 and 43.2.6.2;
    4°.Regulations 43.3.1.2 and 43.3.1.3;
    5°.Regulations 43.3.3, 43.3.4 and 43.4;

     
  2. regarding Chapter II-2:
    1°.Regulation 10.2.2.3.3;
    2°.Regulation 10.2.3.3.3, provided that a nozzle has been provided for with which the pressure mentioned in Regulation 10.2.1.6 can be maintained and a water jet, where only one hose length is used;
    3°.Regulation 10.10, provided that at least one fireman’s axe is available;

  3. regarding Chapter III:
    1°. Regulation 31.2 as regards having a rescue boat, provided that alternative arrangements have been made to bring a drowning
    person horizontally inboard within 15 minutes;
    2°. Regulation 32.1.1 as regards the mandatory amount of lifebuoys on board, provided that there are not less than 3 lifebuoys on
    board of which at least 1 with line and 1 with light.

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Exemptions for ships as referred to in Article 3a, first paragraph, item a

Ships as referred to in Article 3a, first paragraph, item a, have been exempted from the requirements of the following provisions of the SOLAS Convention:

  1. regarding Chapter II-1:
    1°. Regulation 3-2;
    2°. having the engine room telegraph apparatus included in Article 37;
    3°.the duration of 18 hours as referred to in the Regulations 43.2.2, 43.2.3 and 43.2.4, provided that the mentioned spaces and facilities can be supplied with power during at least 6 hours;
    4°.Regulations 43.2.5, 43.2.6.1 and 43.2.6.2;
    5.Regulations 43.3.1.2 and 43.3.1.3;
    6.Regulations 43.3.3, 43.3.4 and 43.4;

     
  2. regarding Chapter II-2:
    1°.Regulation 10.2.2.3.3;
    2°.Regulation 10.2.3.3.3, provided that a nozzle has been provided for with which the pressure mentioned in Regulation 10.2.1.6 can be maintained and a water jet, where only one hose length is used;
    3°.Regulation 10.10, provided that at least one fireman’s axe is available;
    4°.Regulation 13.3.4 and Regulation 13.4.3;

  3. regarding Chapter III:
    1°. Regulation 31.2 as regards having a rescue boat, provided that alternative arrangements have been made to bring a drowning
    person horizontally inboard within 15 minutes;
    2°. Regulation 32.1.1 as regards the mandatory amount of lifebuoys on board, provided that there are not less than 3 lifebuoys on
    board of which at least 1 with line and 1 with light.

Article 38 Reduced freeboards for dredgers

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Reduced freeboards for dredgers

  1. This article is applicable to dredgers as referred to in IMO Circular no. 2285: Guidelines for the Construction and Operation of Dredgers Assigned Reduced Freeboards; DR-67.

  2. To dredgers of 500 GT or more, built on or after 5 August 2000, which meet the guidelines as referred to in the first clause, reduced freeboards may be assigned for loading, unloading and transport of dredgings by determination of a dredgings load line.

  3. Restrictions regarding sailing areas and sailing conditions may be attached to the assignment of the reduced freeboards. These restrictions are stated on the international certificate of exemption regarding the freeboard or, if a national safety certificate is required for the ship, in an annex to that certificate.

Article 39 Exemptions under MODU Code, DSC Code or SPS Code (IMO)

Exemptions under MODU Code, DSC Code or SPS Code (IMO)

Ships for which an international safety certificate as referred to in article 5, first clause, item a or b, of the Decree is required, have been exempted from: a. if they comply with the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989 or the DSC Code: the requirements included in the chapters II-1, II-2, III and IV of the SOLAS Convention; b. if they comply with the SPS Code: the requirements of the SOLAS Convention which have been indicated in that Code.

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005
Geldig tot en met: 01-07-2009

Exemptions under MODU Code, DSC Code or SPS Code (IMO)

Ships for which an international safety certificate as referred to in article 5, first clause, item a or b, of the Decree is required, have been exempted from: a. if they comply with the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989 or the DSC Code: the requirements included in the chapters II-1, II-2, III and IV of the SOLAS Convention; b. if they comply with the SPS Code: the requirements of the SOLAS Convention which have been indicated in that Code.

Article 39 Exemptions under MODU Code, DSC Code, SPS Code or SPS-Code 2008 (IMO)

Exemptions under MODU Code, DSC Code, SPS Code or SPS-Code 2008 (IMO)

Ships for which an international safety certificate as referred to in article 5, first clause, item a or b, of the Decree is required, have been exempted from:

  1. if they comply with the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989 or the DSC Code: the requirements included in the chapters II-1, II-2, III and IV of the SOLAS Convention;
  2. if they comply with the SPS Code or the SPS Code 2008: the requirements of the SOLAS Convention which are indicated in the SPS Code respectively the SPS Code 2008.
Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Exemptions pursuant to MODU Codes, DSC Code and SPS Codes (IMO)
Ships for which an international safety certificate as referred to in article 5, first clause, item a or b, of the Decree is required, have been exempted from:

  1. if they comply with the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989, the MODU Code 2009 or the DSC Code: the requirements incorporated in the Chapters II-1, II-2, III and IV of the SOLAS Convention;

  2. if they comply with the SPS Code or the SPS Code 2008: the requirements of the SOLAS  Convention which are indicated in the SPS Code respectively the SPS Code 2008.

Article 39a Exemptions on the basis of LY2 Code (I)

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Exemptions on the basis of LY2 Code (I)

Ships of 500 GT or more as regards which on the basis of Article 12a has been opted for application of the LY2 Code have been exempted from the requirements incorporated in the Chapters II-1, II-2, III and IV of the SOLAS Convention, provided that they comply with the LY2 Code.

Article 40 Sportfisherman's vessels

Sportfisherman's vessels

  1. Ships which are used professionally for leisure fishing with more than 12 passengers, are, when they were provided with a valid certificate of seaworthiness issued under the Ships Decree 1965 on 17 August 2000, when engaged on national voyages, exempted from:
    1. the stability requirements for damaged ships, included in Chapter II-1, Part B, of the Annex to guideline 98/18/EC, provided the stability requirements for undamaged ships, included in Notice to Shipping no. 279/1992 (Stcrt. 70) are at least met;
    2. the requirements regarding constructional fire protection, included in Chapter II-2 of the Annex to guideline 98/18/EC, provided that the passenger accomodations anyhow comply with the requirements with respect to constructional fire protection for cargo ships from Annex IV to the Ship's Decree 1965, as they read on 31 December 2004, or with the condition that the escape routes from those accomodations to the open deck are sufficiently broad and shorter than five metres.

  2. The following restrictions are attached to the exemption as referred to in the first clause:
    1. the exemption only applies to voyages in sailing areas of class B as referred to in guideline 98/18/EC;
    2. the ship may only be engaged on voyages in daylight, with a wind-force of not more than 6 Beaufort and a significant wave height of not more than 2 metres.

  3. The exemption does not apply to ships with night accommodation for passengers.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2010

Article 40 - Sportfisherman’s vessels

  1. Ships which are professionally used for leisure fishing with more than 12 passengers, are, when they were provided with a valid certificate of seaworthiness issued under the Ships Decree 1965 on 17 August 2000, when engaged on national voyages, exempted from:

    1. the damage stability requirements incorporated in Chapter II-1, Part B, of the Annex to Directive 2009/45/EC, provided that at least is complied with the intact stability requirements, incorporated in the IS Code;

    2. the requirements as regards structural fire protection, incorporated in Chapter II-2 of the Annex to Directive 2009/45/EC, provided that is complied with the condition that the passenger accommodation anyhow complies with the requirements as regards structural fire protection for cargo ships from Annex IV to the Ships Decree 1965, as they read on 31 December 2004, or with the condition that the escape routes from that accommodation to the open deck are adequately wide and shorter than five metres.

  2. The following restrictions are attached to the exemption as referred to in the first paragraph:

  1. the exemption only applies to voyages in a sailing area of maximally 35 miles from the Dutch coast;

  2. the ship may only be engaged in voyages in daylight, with a wind-force of not more than 6 Beaufort and a significant wave height of not more than 2 metres.


  • 3. The exemption does not apply to ships with night accommodation for passengers.

Article 41 Exemptions non-mechanically propelled ships (I)

Exemptions non-mechanically propelled ships (I)

  1. Sailing ships of less than 500 GT, used for the carriage of not more than 36 passengers, are exempted from the provisions V/20, V/22.1.1 through V/22.1.5 and V/30 of the SOLAS Convention.

  2. According to provision V/3.1 of the SOLAS Convention, ships which are not provided with means for mechanical propulsion are exempted from the requirements of Chapter V of that Convention, with the exception of provision V/19.2.1.7. They are also exempted from the requirements as referred to in article 24.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Exemptions non-mechanically propelled ships (I)

Non-mechanically propelled ships have been exempted from:

  1. the requirements of Chapter V of the SOLAS Convention, with the exception of Regulation V/19.2.1.7;
  2. the requirements of Article 24, and
  3. if applicable: Article 41, first paragraph, of the Decree.

Article 41a Exemptions as regards the safety of navigation

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

41a Exemptions as regards the safety of navigation

Bridge navigational watch alarm systems, placed before 1 July 2009, have been exempted from the requirements of resolution MSC.128(75) of the Maritime Safety Committee of the IMO, involving Performance standards for a bridge navigational watch alarm system (BNWAS) or equivalent performance standards.

Chapter 4 Cargo transport

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 42 Carriage of timber deck cargoes (IMO)

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Carriage of timber deck cargoes (IMO)

  1. The carriage of timber deck cargoes on board of ships having a length of 24 metres or more takes place in compliance with the requirements included in the Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes, with the exception of the requirements included in the annexes to that Code.

  2. The carriage of packages bundled timber on the hatches is only permitted if:
    1. arrangements have been made in order to prevent the sideways shift of the bottom layer of the deck cargoes;
    2. the manner of loading of the securing device and the other components of the equipment for the deck cargoes have been approved by the Head of the Shipping Inspectorate.

  3. The maximum heigth of packages bundled timber carried on the hatches is, contrary to provision 3.2.1 of the Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes, measured from the upper side of the hatch coaming.

  4. The testing, marking and certification of chains, used for securing the timber deck cargoes, as referred to in provision 4.5.1 of the Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes, takes place according to the standard issued by the Dutch Standardization Institute in Delft, NEN-EN 818-2.

Article 43 Further rules for the carriage of bulk cargoes (IMO)

Further rules for the carriage of bulk cargoes (IMO)

  1. In addition to the Chapters VI, part B, and VII, Part A-1, of the SOLAS Convention the provisions of the BC Code are complied with during the carriage of dumped cargo and the carriage of solid dangerous goods in bulk.

  2. The competent authorities, as referred to in the BC Code, are:
    1. regarding the carriage of radioactive goods in bulk, belonging to class 7 of the BC Code: the Minister for Housing, Regional Development and the Environment;
    2. regarding the carriage of other bulk cargoes: the Minister of Transport, Public Works and Water Management.

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005
Geldig tot en met: 31-12-2010

Further rules for the carriage of bulk cargoes (IMO)

  1. In addition to the Chapters VI, part B, and VII, Part A-1, of the SOLAS Convention the provisions of the BC Code are complied with during the carriage of dumped cargo and the carriage of solid dangerous goods in bulk.

  2. The competent authorities, as referred to in the BC Code, are:
    1. regarding the carriage of radioactive goods in bulk, belonging to class 7 of the BC Code: the Minister for Housing, Regional Development and the Environment;
    2. regarding the carriage of other bulk cargoes: the Minister of Transport, Public Works and Water Management.

Article 43 Competent authorities IMSBC Code (IMO)

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2011

Article 43 - Competent authorities IMSBC Code (IMO)

The competent authorities, as referred to in the IMSBC Code that is applicable on the basis of the Chapters VI, Part A and VII, Part A-1, of the SOLAS Convention, are:

  1. as regards the transport of solid radioactive materials in bulk, belonging to class 7 of the IMSBC Code: the Minister of Economic Affairs, Agriculture and Innovation;

  2. as regards the transport of other substances as referred to in the IMSBC Code: the Minister of Infrastructure and Environment.

Article 44 Further rules regarding cargo securing (IMO)

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Further rules regarding cargo securing (IMO)

  1. The Cargo Securing Manual, as referred to in the provisions VI/5.6 and VII/5 of the SOLAS Convention, complies with the Guidelines for the Preparation of the Cargo Securing Manual determined by circular MSC/Circ.745 of the Maritime Safety Committee of the IMO.

  2. On ships designed for the carriage of standard cargo may be confined to a shortened version of the Cargo Securing Manual.

Article 45 Competent authorities IMDG Code

Competent authorities IMDG Code

The competent authorities, as referred to in the IMDG Code which is applicable pursuant to Chapter VII, Part A, of the SOLAS Convention, are:

  1. for packaged radioactive goods, belonging to class 7 of the IMDG Code: the Minister of Housing, Regional Development and the Environment;
  2. for other goods as referred to in the IMDG Code: the Minister of Transport, Public Works and Water Management.

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005
Geldig tot en met: 31-12-2010

Competent authorities IMDG Code

The competent authorities, as referred to in the IMDG Code which is applicable pursuant to Chapter VII, Part A, of the SOLAS Convention, are:

  1. for packaged radioactive goods, belonging to class 7 of the IMDG Code: the Minister of Housing, Regional Development and the Environment;
  2. for other goods as referred to in the IMDG Code: the Minister of Transport, Public Works and Water Management.

Article 45 Competent authorities IMDG Code (IMO)

[Niet geldig (geldigheid van 2005-01-01 tot en met 2010-12-31)]

Article 46 EmS Guide (IMO)

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

EmS Guide (IMO)

  1. A Dutch copy of the EmS Guide is available on board of a ship carrying dangerous goods as referred to in Chapter VII of the SOLAS Convention.

  2. Contrary to the first clause, an English copy of the EmS Guide is available on board of ships on which the working language as referred to in provision V/14.3 of the SOLAS Convention is not Dutch.

Chapter 5 Obligations of the master

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

§ 1 General provisions

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 47 Requirements for passanger ships in national service (EU)

Requirements for passanger ships in national service (EU)

The master of a passenger ship for which a passenger ship safety certificate belonging to guideline 98/18/EC is required, shall ensure that the requirements and obligations included in guideline 98/18/EC are observed on board of the ship.

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2010

Article 47 - Requirements for passenger ships in national service (EU)

The master of a passenger ship for which the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate belonging to Directive 2009/45/EC is required, ensures that the requirements and obligations incorporated in Directive 2009/45/EC are observed on board of the ship.

Article 48 Requirements for special ship types (IMO)

Requirements for special ship types (IMO)

The master of a ship for which a certificate, belonging to the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989, the DSC Code or the SPS Code, is required, shall ensure that the requirements and obligations included in the relevant Code are observed on board of the ship.

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Requirements for special ship types (IMO)

The master of a ship for which a certificate, belonging to the MODU Code 1979, the MODU Code 1989, the DSC Code, the MODU Code 2009, the SPS Code or the SPS Code 2008, is required, shall ensure that the requirements and obligations included in the relevant Code are observed on board of the ship.

Article 49 Supervision medical equipment (EU)

Supervision medical equipment (EU)

  1. The master shall ensure that the medical equipment available on board is in good condition and will be replenished or renewed if necessary.

  2. The articles 2 and 3 of the Regulation Medical Equipment on Board of Seagoing Vessels is applicable.
Ingangsdatum: 16-07-2006

Control medical equipment (EU)

  1. The master shall ensure that the medical equipment available on board is in good condition and will be replenished or renewed as soon as possible, in any case with priority during the regular supply procedures.

  2. In the event of a medical urgency for which the necessary medicines, nursery articles or antidota are not on board, the master is obliged to see to it that these are made available as soon as possible.

  3. Every year the master shall inspect the medical equipment available on board of the ship, with due regard for the provisions to that end in Annex 2 to this regulation.

  4. This article is also applicable to fishing vessels, provided that the obligations referred to in the first through third clauses are in that case attached to the master of the vessel.

Article 50 Number and personal data of persons on board (EU)

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Number and personal data of persons on board (EU)

  1. The master of a passenger ship shall ensure that the number of persons on board of the ship is counted before leaving the port, and that this number is reported to him as well as to the passenger registration official as referred to in article 30 or the passenger registration system as referred to in that article.

  2. The master of a passenger ship engaged on a voyage of more than 20 sea miles from the place of departure, shall also ensure that the following data are collected before departure and will be passed on to the passenger registration official or to the passenger registration system not later than 30 minutes after departure:
    1. the last names of the persons on board;
    2. the first names or the initials; the gender;
    3. the age category (adult, child or baby) to which the person belongs, or age or year of birth;
    4. information given by passengers on their own initiative in connection with need for special care or assistance in emergency situations.

Article 51 Incidents involving dangerous goods (IMO)

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Incidents involving dangerous goods (IMO)

  1. The master of a ship with which dangerous goods as referred to in Chapter VII of the SOLAS Convention are carried, shall ensure in case of an incident with those goods that the procedures included in the EmS Guide are followed.

  2. Reports of incidents involving dangerous goods as referred to in provision VII/6 or VII/7-4 of the SOLAS Convention comply with the Guidelines for Reporting Incidents involving Dangerous Goods, Harmful Substances and/or Marine Pollutants adopted by resolution A.851(20) of the General Assembly of the IMO.

Article 52 Keeping logbooks

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Keeping logbooks

The master shall ensure that the logbooks available on board are being kept in accordance with the requirements to that respect in the Codes and guidelines which are applicable under this Regulation.

§ 2 Exemptions

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 53 Load lines of dredgers assigned reduced freeboards

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Load lines of dredgers assigned reduced freeboards

  1. During loading, unloading and carriage of dredgings, dredgers assigned reduced freeboards under article 38 are exempted from the obligation included in the Load Lines Convention to comply with the relevant seasonal load lines, provided that the ship may have no smaller freeboard than permitted according to the dredging load line determined for that ship.

  2. The master of a ship as referred to in the first clause shall ensure that the provisions included in IMO circular no. 2285, as referred to in article 38, and as the occasion rises the restrictions connected with the assignment of reduced freeboards, are observed.

Article 54 Testing of steering-gear on short voyages (SOLAS)

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Testing of steering-gear on short voyages (SOLAS)

Ships regularly engaged on short voyages as referred to in provision III/3.22 of the SOLAS Convention, are exempted from the obligation included in provision V/26 of that Convention to test the steering-gear prior to every voyage, provided that the stearing-gear is tested at least once a week.

Article 55 Non-mechanically propelled ships

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Non-mechanically propelled ships

  1. Ships which have not been provided with means for mechanical propulsion are exempted from the provisions V/26 through V/28 of the SOLAS Convention.

  2. The articles 64 of the Decree and 52 of this Regulation are not applicable to ships as referred to in the first clause.

Chapter 6 Foreign ships in Dutch estuaries

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 56 Range of application

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Range of application

  1. This chapter is applicable to foreigh ships as referred to in the Foreign Ships Act.

  2. For the purpose of this chapter 'foreign ships' also means: ships equated with this pursuant to the Foreign Ships Act.

Article 57 Provisions regarding foreign ships

Provisions regarding foreign ships

  1. The articles 4, first and second clause, 7, first clause, 9, 13, 19, 22, third clause, 30, 47 and 50 are equally binding to foreign ships, as far as these ships are engaged on voyages from or to a Dutch port, provided that article 50 is applied in compliance with article 6, second clause, of guideline 98/41/EC.

  2. Furthermore, the articles 40, first and third clause, and 61, first clause, of the Decree are equally binding to foreign ships, as far as these articles are related to the provisions V/19.2.4 and V/20 of the SOLAS Convention.

Ingangsdatum: 24-03-2008

Provisions regarding foreign ships

  1. Article 9, preamble and first clause, item a, and the second clause, of the Decree and the Articles 4, first and second clauses, 7, first clause, 7a, 9, 13, 19, 22, third clause, 30, 47 and 50 are equally binding to foreign ships, insofar as those ships are engaged on voyages from or to a Dutch port, provided that Article 50 is applied with due regard for Article 6, second clause, of guideline 98/41/EC.

  2. Furthermore, the Articles 40, first and third clauses, and 61, first clause, of the Decree are equally binding to foreign ships, insofar as those Articles are related to the provisions V/19.2.4 and V/20 of the SOLAS Convention.

Article 58 Enforcement

Enforcement

A supervisor appointed under article 5, first clause, of the Foreign Ships Act is qualified to hold a foreign ship, if:

  1. the ship has not been provided with a certificate required under article 4, first clause, or 7, first clause;
  2. the inspections and surveys, as referred to in article 13, have not taken place in time or if these inspections and surveys have shown that the provisions, as referred to in guideline 1999/35/EC, are not complied with;
  3. the ship or the management over the ship not complies with the requirements, as referred to in the articles 19, 22, third clause, 30 and 57, second clause;
  4. the provisions or obligations, as referred to in article 47 or 50, are not observed on board of the ship.

Ingangsdatum: 24-03-2008

Enforcement

A supervisor appointed under article 5, first clause, of the Foreign Ships Act is qualified to hold a foreign ship, if:

  1. the ship has not been provided with a certificate required under Article 9, first clause, preamble and item 1, and the second clause, of the Decree, Article 4, first clause, 7, first clause or 7a;
  2. the inspections and surveys, as referred to in article 13, have not taken place in time or if these inspections and surveys have shown that the provisions, as referred to in guideline 1999/35/EC, are not complied with;
  3. the ship or the management over the ship not complies with the requirements, as referred to in the articles 19, 22, third clause, 30 and 57, second clause;
  4. the provisions or obligations, as referred to in article 47 or 50, are not observed on board of the ship.

Article 59 Criminal offences

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Criminal offences

Offence against the provisions, as referred to in article 57, is a criminal offence.

Chapter 6A Ships in Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba

Chapter 6A- Ships in the public authorities Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba

 

Ingangsdatum: 10-10-2010

Chapter 6A- Ships in the public authorities Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba

 

Article 59a

Ingangsdatum: 10-10-2010

Article 59a

  1. In this chapter ‘BES ship’, respectively ‘BES ships’ means: a sailing vessel, a mechanically propelled vessel smaller than 50 m3 gross volume, which belongs in the public authorities Bonaire, Sint Eustatius or Saba, or a mechanically propelled vessel used for navigation between the countries and public authorities of the Caribbean part of the Kingdom, seagoing yachts not included.

  2. This chapter is only applicable to BES ships.

Article 59b

Ingangsdatum: 10-10-2010

Article 59b

BES ships have been provided with a Certificate of Fitness.

Article 59c

Ingangsdatum: 10-10-2010

Article 59c

A Certificate of Fitness is only issued if the BES ship and its equipment fulfil the following conditions:

  1. the BES ship is in seaworthy condition and has been provided with the necessary navigational aids, among which sea charts, anappropriate compass and means for transmitting signals, the necessary means for the prevention of collision, including propernavigation equipment and means for transmitting diversion signals and a proper steering gear;

  2. there is at least one approved lifejacket for any person on board, as well as child lifejackets for the children to be carried on board;

  3. any BES ship has at least two lifebuoys on board of which one has been provided with a line with a self-igniting light;

  4. the BES ship, depending on the design or cargo, has the required fire-extinguishing equipment on board;

  5. if the BES ship is propelled mechanically, at least one approved fire-extinguishing apparatus is on board;

  6. the BES ship has been equipped with properly functioning bilge pumps;

  7. the BES ship has been provided with the necessary equipment, among which for sailing vessels sufficient usable sails and ropes, aswell as the necessary materials and tools for repairs;

  8. if the BES ship is propelled mechanically, the necessary spare parts, materials and tools for carrying out simple repairs are on board;

  9. the propulsion machinery of the BES ship are not petrol engines.

Article 59d

Ingangsdatum: 10-10-2010

Article 59d

  1. A BES ship, equipped with a petrol engine, has no petrol products of the same or higher hazard class as cargo on board.

  2. A BES ship equipped with a petrol engine shall not carry passengers.

  3. If a ship carries petrol or products of the same or higher hazard class as cargo, there shall be no passengers on board.

Article 59e

Ingangsdatum: 10-10-2010

Article 59e

The period of validity of the Certificate of Fitness is one year.

Article 59f

Ingangsdatum: 10-10-2010

Article 59f

Acting against the regulations, as referred to in the Articles 59b, 59c or 59d, is a punishable act.

Article 59g

Ingangsdatum: 10-10-2010

Article 59g

BES ships that are not brought outside the following territorial boundaries are exempted from the obligations of the Decree and this Regulation:

  1. Bonaire: the area, bounded by the lines running from the most eastern point of Bonaire (68-12'W) in southern direction to the parallel of 12-00' northern latitude, from there heading west to the meridian of 68-17' western longitude, from there in the direction 327 to a point on 12-15' northern latitude and 68-27' western longitude, from there in the direction 022 to a point on 12-20' northern latitude and 68-25' western longitude and from there in the direction of the Seroe Ventana lighthouse;

  2. Sint Eustatius: the area, bounded by the parallels 17-27' and 17-33' northern latitude and the meridians of 62-55' and 63-01' western longitude;

  3. Saba: the area, bounded by the parallels of 17-35' and 17-41' northern latitude and the meridian of 63-11' and 63-17' western longitude.

Article 59h

Ingangsdatum: 10-10-2010

Article 59h

Certificates of Fitness, issued pursuant to the National Ordinance on Safety Requirements for Small Vessels (P.B. 191, no. 185, most recently amended by P.B. 1997, no. 251) apply for the period, indicated on the relevant certificate, as a Certificate of Fitness as referred to in Article 59b, while applying this chapter.

Chapter 7 Final provisions

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Article 60 Proclamation of Codes and the like

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Proclamation of Codes and the like

The manner of proclamation of the Codes, resolutions and circulars of the IMO which are applicable under this Decree, is announced in the Government Gazette.

Article 61 Amendments of Codes and the like

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Amendments of Codes and the like

  1. Article 71, first clause through third clause, of the Decree is equally binding to the Codes, resolutions and circulars of the IMO which are applicable under this Regulation.

  2. Ministerial Orders pursuant to the first clause are published in the Government Gazette.

Article 62 Amendments of guidelines

Amendments of guidelines

  1. For the purpose of this Regulation, an amendment of a guideline which is applicable under this Regulation comes into force as of the day on which the relevant amendment guideline must be implemented, except when another time is determined by Ministerial Order, which is published in the Government Gazette.

  2. Equipment of a type approved by the Head of the Shipping Inspectorate, to which the provisions of guideline 96/98/EC have become applicable because of an amendment of Annex A.1 to that guideline, may, contrary to article 33, be put on board of ships during a period of two years, provided it was manufactured before the date of determination of the relevant amendment guideline and the type approval was also granted before that date.

  3. The period as referred to in the second clause commences on the time determined in the relevant amendment guideline.

Ingangsdatum: 21-07-2009

Amendments to directives

  1. An amendment to a directive that is applicable under this Regulation, will be effective for the application of this Regulation as from the day on which the amending directive must have been implemented, unless another time is determined by Ministerial Decree, which is published in the Government Gazette.

  2. Equipment of a type that has been approved by the Head of the Shipping Inspectorate, to which the requirements of Directive 96/98/EG have become applicable due to an amendment to Annex A.1 of that Directive, may, contrary to Article 33, may still be placed on board of ships during a period of two years, calculated from the day on which the amending directive must have been implemented, provided that it has been manufactured before that day and that the type approval was also granted before that day.

Article 63 Coming into force

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Coming into force

This regulation comes into force on 1 January 2005, with the exception of the articles 4, third clause, 5, second clause, and 6, second clause, which come into force on the time on which article 6 of the Ships Decree 2004 comes into force1.


1 Article 6 of the Ships Decree 2004 has not yet entered into force

Article 64 Official title

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

Official title

This regulation is quoted as: Regulation Safety Seagoing Vessels. This regulation will be published in the Government Gazette together with its explanatory notes, with the exception of the Annex, which is deposited for inspection at the Ministry of Transport, Public Works and Water Management.

The Minister of Transport, Public Works and Water Management,
K.M.H. Peijs.

Annex 1 pertaining to Article 3a of the Regulation Safety Seagoning Vessels

Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2005

This annex is part of the Regulation Safety Seagoning Vessels

DE STAATSSECRETARIS VAN VERKEER EN WATERSTAAT,

J.C. Huizinga-Heringa

  
Annex 1, pertaining to Article 3a of the Regulation Safety Seagoning Vessels

 

 

This annex contains the following:

  • National Safety Certificate
  • Load Line Appendix
  • Endorsements for intermediate surveys
  • Endorsement to extend the validity of the Certificate until reaching the port of survey or for a period of Grace where article 31.4 of the Netherlands ships decree 2004 applies (maximum of 5 months).
  • Endorsement to extend the validity of the Certificate or for a period of Grace where article 31.1 or 31.2 of the Netherlands ships decree 2004 applies (maximum of 3 months or for short international voyages maximum of 1 month).
  • Record of equipment for the national safety certificate
    Record of equipment for compliance with the netherlands ships decree 2004

Annex 2 Medical supplies

Ingangsdatum: 16-07-2006
Geldig tot en met: 30-06-2009

Annex 5 Medical supplies

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Article 1-6 Application to fishing vessels

Article 1 Application to fishing vessels

  1. This annex applies also to fishing vessels.
  2. For the purposes of this annex the skipper of a fishing vessel is deemed equivalent to the captain of a ship.


Article 2 Medicines and medical equipment required

  1. On board a ship the medicines, equipment, handbooks and other requisites detailed in Tables 1 and 2 must be present. For ships carrying dangerous goods as defined in Chapter VII, part A, of the SOLAS convention, differing quantities may apply. These differing quantities are given in parentheses.
  2. The quantities given in columns A to E inclusive apply to vessels having a registered crew of 15 persons or less. For a crew strength of more than 15, the quantities are to be increased by 100% for each implement of 15 persons or a part thereof, with the understanding that the quantities do not need to be exceeded, and in the case of prescription medicines may not be exceeded.
  3. At variance with Section 2, the quantities given in Tables 1 and 2 need to be increased by only 50% in the case of crew strengths of 15 to 24 persons inclusive. Where the quantity quoted in the tables is one, this does not need to be increased for crew strengths of 15 to 24 persons.


Article 3 Contents of medicine chests on board lifeboats and similar

  1. The medicine chests in lifeboats, life rafts and rescue vessels shall contain the materials detailed in column R of Tables 1 and 2.
  2. The quantities mentioned in column R are for 50 persons, except for anti-seasickness remedies, for which per person quantities are given.


Article 4 Storage of medicines and medical equipment

  1. The medicines and medical equipment referred to in Article 2 are to be kept in appropriate containers or in cupboards or rooms equipped for this purpose.
  2. Medical supplies that fall under the Drugs Act (Opiumwet) are to be kept in a safe, the key of which is in the possession of the captain or of the crewmember to whom the captain has delegated responsibility for the use and storage of medical supplies.

Article 5 Delivery and packaging of medicines and antidotes

  1. Medicines and antidotes are to be obtained from a pharmacist. This must be stated clearly, for example by a trademark, on the packaging.
  2. As far as possible, the number quoted in this annex is to be mentioned on the packaging of each medical item. At the same time, a copy of the inventory shall be kept in the chests, cupboards or rooms referred to in Article 1 of these regulations.
  3. On the labels of the various items, the Latin nomenclature is to be used as far as possible alongside the Dutch. The Latin nomenclature shall correspond to that of the World Health Organization.


Article 6 Annual inspection of medical supplies and equipment

  1. The annual inspection of medicines and medical equipment shall precede the investigations to which the ship is subject in connection with the necessary certification. The inspection does not involve the medical provisions of life rafts as defined in Article 3.
  2. For the inspection, the captain shall compile a checklist comprising the names and codes of all medicines, medical equipment and antidotes that this annex requires, and shall include on this the quantities dictated and the actual quantities present on board. Where appropriate, the expiry dates of the substances are to be quoted. The checklist also quotes the ship's name, flag and homeport.
  3. If the inspection reveals that the ship's medical supplies conform to the requirements of this annex, the captain will sign the checklist and submit it to the Shipping Inspectorate or to the legal body appointed for this purpose under the provisions of Article 23 of these regulations.
Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2010

Article 1 - Application to fishing vessels

  1. This annex applies also to fishing vessels.
  2. For the purposes of this annex the skipper of a fishing vessel is deemed equivalent to the captain of a ship.


Article 2 - Medicines and medical equipment required

  1. The medicines, nursing and dressing material, guides and other supplies required under the tables 1 and 2 are available on board of a ship. Deviating amounts may apply to ships carrying dangerous goods as referred to in Chapter VII, Part A, of the SOLAS Convention and ferries as referred to in Article 3, second paragraph, of Directive 92/29/EEC. These deviating amounts are put in brackets.

  2. The quantities given in columns A to E inclusive apply to vessels having a registered crew of 15 persons or less. For a crew strength of more than 15, the quantities are to be increased by 100% for each implement of 15 persons or a part thereof, with the understanding that the quantities do not need to be exceeded, and in the case of prescription medicines may not be exceeded.

  3. At variance with Section 2, the quantities given in Tables 1 and 2 need to be increased by only 50% in the case of crew strengths of 15 to 24 persons inclusive. Where the quantity quoted in the tables is one, this does not need to be increased for crew strengths of 15 to 24 persons.


Article 3 - Contents of medicine chests on board lifeboats and similar

  1. The medicine chests in lifeboats, life rafts and rescue vessels shall contain the materials detailed in column R of Tables 1 and 2.
  2. The quantities mentioned in column R are for 50 persons, except for anti-seasickness remedies, for which per person quantities are given.


Article 4 - Storage of medicines and medical equipment

  1. The medicines and medical equipment referred to in Article 2 are to be kept in appropriate containers or in cupboards or rooms equipped for this purpose.
  2. Medical supplies that fall under the Drugs Act (Opiumwet) are to be kept in a safe, the key of which is in the possession of the captain or of the crewmember to whom the captain has delegated responsibility for the use and storage of medical supplies.

Article 5 - Delivery and packaging of medicines and antidotes

  1. Medicines and antidotes are to be obtained from a pharmacist. This must be stated clearly, for example by a trademark, on the packaging.
  2. As far as possible, the number quoted in this annex is to be mentioned on the packaging of each medical item. At the same time, a copy of the inventory shall be kept in the chests, cupboards or rooms referred to in Article 1 of these regulations.
  3. On the labels of the various items, the Latin nomenclature is to be used as far as possible alongside the Dutch. The Latin nomenclature shall correspond to that of the World Health Organization.


Article 6 - Annual inspection of medical supplies and equipment

  1. The annual inspection of medicines and medical equipment shall precede the investigations to which the ship is subject in connection with the necessary certification. The inspection does not involve the medical provisions of life rafts as defined in Article 3.
  2. For the inspection, the captain shall compile a checklist comprising the names and codes of all medicines, medical equipment and antidotes that this annex requires, and shall include on this the quantities dictated and the actual quantities present on board. Where appropriate, the expiry dates of the substances are to be quoted. The checklist also quotes the ship's name, flag and homeport.
  3. If the inspection reveals that the ship's medical supplies conform to the requirements of this annex, the captain will sign the checklist and submit it to the Shipping Inspectorate or to the legal body appointed for this purpose under the provisions of Article 23 of these regulations.

Clarification Table 1 and 2

Ingangsdatum: 16-07-2006

Clarification concerning Annex 5

Changes to the content of tables 1 and 2

Some columns have been deleted or combined. The basis for this remains the categorization A, B, C, as described in Annex 1 of EC Directive 92/29/EG. The columns in the Regulation Medical Supplies on board seagoing vessels's annex were, however, even more specific, a measure that has now been revoked in Annex 2. Columns A, A-G and A-Z have been combined, and this applies also to columns B, B-G and B-Z and to columns C and C-Z. Column CG is deleted, because it was in fact superfluous. Columns D and E are included in national and short international voyages. Column R contains requirements for rescue vessels, as before. A new column, 'Max', has been added, giving maximum quantities. The basic premise is that the quantities in any given column are stipulated for all ships unless an alternative quantity is stipulated for ships carrying hazardous materials. In this latter case, the quantity appears in parentheses.

The content of the tables has been adapted as described below. The basis has in each case been the international regulation, in accordance with the order of the tables. Italics indicate that the medicine was previously included in the tables. The following abbreviations are employed: amp. (ampules), caps. (capsules), bot. (bottles), im. (intramuscular), iv. (intravenous), sc. (subcutaneous), tabl. (tablets).

It has become apparent that quantities of medicines that must be kept on board vessels with and without the presence of dangerous goods were too high for this last category of vessel. These have therefore been reduced, but are not specified further here. As far as content is concerned, the tables have been further adapted as described below. Only the most significant changes are mentioned.

Medicines

Cardiovascular
Removed:
Digoxine tabl. 0.25 mg has been removed, as this is meaningless without an ECG to hand. Furthermore, the most common side effects cannot be distinguished from under dosage, meaning that the medicine may not be administered by a layperson.

Furosemide tabl. 40 mg is removed. Blood pressure can be subtly regulated with this diuretic, but this must not be done on board. A beta-blocker is in fact sufficient. In the case of pulmonary oedema, a strong medicine must be used. Injectable furosemide is available for this, as detailed in 1.3.03.

Altered:
1.4.03: Methylergometrine amp 0,2 ml/1 ml (im and sc injectable) has been replaced by oxytocine amp 5 U/1 ml. This is due to methylergometrine's being a so-called 'controlled drug' and because oxytocine is more effective. A supply is necessary only when there are women on board.

1.5.01: Nifedipine caps. 10 mg has been replaced by 1.5.02 metoprolol tabl. 50 mg.
Metoprolol is now the standard treatment for (threatened) myocardial infarction, high blood pressure and increased heart rate (tachycardia). Due to this latter indication, it can replace digoxine in the treatment of atrial fibrillation.


Gastrointestinal system
Altered:
2.1.03: Cimetidine tabl. 400 mg. has been withdrawn. It has been replaced by 2.1.05, whereby omeprazole tabl./caps. 20 mg is prescribed. Omeprazole has for some years been the first-choice drug and has fewer side effects than cimetidine. The stock that was previously only recommended in column B is now mandatory, due to the frequency of stomach complaints.

2.2.02R: Metoclopramide supp 20 mg. Technical developments make it possible to extend the certification period in the case of some life rafts from a maximum of 12 months to a maximum of 30 months. The 2.2.02 domperidone supp 60 mg in column R of the medical provisions was found to have too short a shelf life. To allow for the extended certification period for lifeboats, life rafts and rescue vessels, domperidone is replaced by metoclopramide.

2.2.03: Metoclopramide amp. 10 mg/2 ml (im injectable) has been removed from columns B and E because domperidone suppositories are in general effective for treatment of serious nausea. The previously recommended stock of 5 in column A is now the mandatory stock, since the treatment of nausea can be of vital importance in the case of serious stomach complaints in global navigational areas.

2.3.01: Lactulose syrup, bottle 300 ml. The quantity of 1 bottle in column B and in the former column B-G is now no longer simply recommended, but, also in the case of transport of dangerous goods, is now mandatory in column B. The reason for this is information from the Marine Radio Medical Assistance concerning frequent complaints of constipation in seafarers.

Nervous system
Altered:
4.1.02: Diazepam microclyster 10 mg/2,5 ml. Instead of the recommended stock of 5, 2 are now stipulated (so, mandatory) in column B. Although there is no alternative for treatment of an epileptic event, in view of the restricted navigational area, 2 suffice.

4.2.02: Haloperidol amp 5 mg/1 ml (im and iv injectable). The recommended stock of 5 ampoules in the case of column B or the former column B-G is now replaced by a mandatory stock of 2 for column B, also in the case of transport of dangerous goods. This drug is necessary for the treatment of serious mental confusion, for example due to alcohol, but again, due to the restricted navigational area, 2 suffice.

4.5.01: Temazepam tabl/caps 10 mg. The recommended stock of 10 tablets or capsules for column B or the former column B-G is now mandatory for column B, also in the case of transport of dangerous goods. This is an inexpensive sleeping pill that easily interrupts the vicious circle of insomnia.

Respiratory system
Altered:
6.1.04: Volumatic device to be used with 6.1.02 and 6.1.03. The mandatory quantity in the former column E-G has now been corrected from 1 to 2 for column E for the transport of dangerous goods, arising from a typing error in the previous table.

Anti-infection
Removed:
Erythromycin tabl 500 mg. Erythromycin is stipulated in the MFAG (column A), but can be deleted since there are sufficient alternative antibiotics available. Erythromycin is used for, amongst other indications, treatment of (suspected) legionella infection, but Ciproxin is available for this. It is furthermore the second choice for persons allergic to penicillin. There are, however, sufficient alternatives available in this case.

Altered:
7.2.02: Cotrimoxazole tabl 800+160 mg. The quantity of 20 tablets previously stipulated in column A and the former column A-G has now been increased to 30 tablets in column A, also for transport of dangerous goods. The Radio Medical Assistance has reported shortage of medicines in the case of regularly occurring inflammation of the prostate.


7.7.02 + 7.7.03: Proguanil tabl 100 g + choloroquine sulphate tabl 100 mg. The quantities of both medicines have now been drastically reduced due to the fact that the combination of proguanil and chloroquine can no longer be recommended because of increased resistance, especially along the coast of West Africa. Proguanil must, however, still be kept on board for the prophylaxis of milder forms of malaria. Chloroquine is still needed for the treatment of less complicated, mild malaria.


7.7.05: Malarone® tabl. 250/100 mg. This is, in view of the above, now the first-choice medicine. Usage is limited to 4 consecutive weeks. More extended usage is possible only after the seafarer has signed a declaration of informed consent in the presence of a physician.

Compounds promoting rehydration, caloric intake and plasma expansion
Removed:
NaCl tabl 400 mg + coating glucose 100. This medicine is superfluous as long as the cook has been instructed to include more salt in food in the tropics. Salt shortage can be remedied with a bouillon and tomato juice with salt.

Altered:
8.1.01: Oral Rehydration Salts. WHO-formula, sachet to give 1 liter rehydration solution. The quantities are reduced in all columns due to advances in medical insight.

8.3.01: Polygeline (Haemaccel) infusion, flac 500 ml. This medicine is no longer included, but is replaced by a plasma substitute of choice. This is because Haemaccel is no longer available in the Netherlands. Also, improvements in AIDS prevention mean that infusion bottles need no longer be taken ashore. The quantities have therefore been reduced in columns A, B, D en E from 10, 5, 10max20 and 10 to 5, 3, 5max10 en 3, respectively.

Skin medicines
Altered:
9.1.03: Chlorhexidine 0,5%, bottle 30 ml. The recommended quantity of 2 in column B and the former column B-G is now mandatory in column B, also for the transport of dangerous goods, due to the discontinuation of Povidone-Iodine.

9.1.05: Ethanol 70% based hand sanitizer. Introduction of this substance is unavoidable in view of prevention of infection by SARS, etc.

9.1.08: Betadine ointment, tube 50 g. Tubes of 30 g are now stipulated, since the shelf life of such tubes is twice as long as those of 50 g.

9.1.10: Miconazol nitrate cream 2%, tube 30 g. The quantities recommended in column B and the former column B-G are now mandatory. The Radio Medical Assistance has indicated that this medicine is frequently needed for fungal infections of the skin.

9.1.13R: Long-shelflife antiseptic cream suitable for treatment of burns.
Technological advances have made possible the extension of the certification period for rescue vessels from a maximum of 12 months to a maximum of 30 months. It has become apparent that 9.1.13 silver sulphadiazine cream 1% in medical provisions column R has too short a shelf life. To permit the longer certification period, silver sulphadiazine cream is replaced for lifeboats, life rafts and rescue vehicles by a long-shelflife antiseptic cream suitable for treatment of burns.

9.1.15: Alumnis compositum powder, can 100 g. According to the Radio Medical Assistance, this talc is in frequent use for the prevention of skin complaints due to perspiration, and instead of being simply recommended, it is now mandatory. In view of the limited navigational area associated with column B and the former column B-G, one bottle will suffice.

9.1.18: Lanette/menthol cream 2%, tube 10 g. 1 tube was recommended for column B and the former column B-G. The Radio Medical Assistance has, however, indicated that this preparation is very seldom used, and for the new column B nothing is dictated or recommended.

9.1.20: Permethrin lotion 1%, bottle. 59 ml. The recommended quantity of 1 is now mandatory following the advice of the Radio Medical Assistance, which employs this preparation for the treatment of regularly occurring contagion by lice or scabies.

9.2.04: Pilocarpine eye drops 1%, dropper bottle. 10 ml. De 1% eye drops are no longer available, and for this reason 2% is stipulated.

9.2.06: Tetracycline ointment 1%, 4g. The polymyxine stipulated previously is also no longer available and has therefore been replaced by tetracycline in the table.

 

EQUIPMENT

The memoranda concerning the oxygen supply and the stretcher have been changed. In accordance with general government policy to reduce the number of rules and regulations, a certificate of approval from the Netherlands Shipping Inspectorate is no longer required for oxygen equipment and stretchers. The memoranda concerning the conditions to be met for such a certificate have therefore been repealed. Also due to the reduction of rules and regulations, the regulations concerning installation and use of the 40 litre oxygen cylinders on board ships transporting dangerous goods are no longer described in detail. The Notices for Shipping 35/1965 (Acetylene welding and cutting installations) applies for the time being.
This does not alter the fact that seafarers' safety always takes priority. The same degree of safety must obviously be maintained. The way in which this is done is, however, more than in the past the responsibility of the ship owner and the captain.

Dressing and suturing equipment
Tubular gauze bandage for finger dressings with applicator.
This is deleted from column R. It does not belong in the real first-aid equipment and its use is too complex in an actual survival situation.
There are alternative solutions to hand.

Waterjel burn dressing 20x46 cm. This is no longer stipulated. Cooling with water is standard treatment.

Instruments
Altered:
II.3.01: Scalpel sterile disposable. A quantity of 3 was a recommendation for column B and the former column B-G. The scalpel must be included in the mandatory suture kit in II.2.01.

II.3.07: Razor disposable. Two razors were also only a recommendation for column B and the former column B-G. A razor is now mandatory in column B, also for the transport of dangerous goods, in view of the mandatory provision of a suture kit in II.2.01.

Eyecup for irrigation (plastic)). This equipment is deleted. Although splashes or specks of dirt are probably quite common at sea, flushing under a lukewarm shower or with lukewarm water from a PET bottle is more effective than using an eye bath.

Gastric tube Ch 21. This equipment is deleted because its wrong positioning (in the lung) can cause extensive injury.

Examination and monitoring equipment
Altered:
II.4.03: Temperature/pulse charts. Five sheets were recommended in column B. However, in case of sickness, temperature and pulse must always be recorded. This equipment is therefore now mandatory.

II.4.09: Penlight type flashlight + blue cover. One (column A) or two (column B) of these was the recommendation for diagnosis of specks in the eye. The Radio Medical Assistance has reported that this is a frequently occurring complaint, which is reason enough to make this apparatus, in the same quantities, compulsory.

Equipment for injection, perfusion, puncture and catherization
Removed:
Disposable filter infuser. This apparatus is deleted in view of the improved situation regarding prevention of AIDS.

Citrate-containing blood collecting bags. This equipment is deleted in view of the improved situation regarding prevention of AIDS. The equipment is furthermore expensive and has a relatively short shelf life.

Altered:
II.5.06: Catheter sterile Thieman no. 16 is replaced by catheter sterile Thieman, without balloon, Nos. 12 and 16. Furthermore, the prescribed quantities have been adjusted. The change is due to the fact that injudicious use of a catheter with balloon can cause injury. No. 16 is for use only in men; No. 12 is an average dimension for women.

Immobilization and setting equipment
II.7.03: Inflatable splints assorted. Inflatable splits are these days not recommended due to observed circulatory system complications. Instead of these, vacuum splits are to be used (half/whole arm, half/whole leg), with a hand pump.

Disinfection, disinsectization and prophylaxis
II.8.01: Chloramine T (Halamid) 25% free chlorine, sachet 25 g. This substance is replaced by "a disinfectant for drinking water suitable for human consumption" in sufficient quantity to disinfect the complete on-board water supply in one application.

II.8.03: Insecticide Cyflutrin 9%, packet cont. 5 sachets 20 mg. The Cyflutrin packaging warns that only suitably trained persons must use the insecticide. Since seafarers do not satisfy this condition, this substance is replaced by "a sprayable pesticide of choice, effective against flying and creeping insects, bottle".

Miscellaneous
Removed:
Plastic bag for preservation of amputated parts of the body. This equipment is deleted, since an ordinary plastic bag suffices.

Altered:
II.9.03: Condoms. The recommended quantity of 20 condoms in column B and the former column B-G is now given as mandatory in column B. There is a general increase in sexually transmitted diseases (STDs) and HIV through reduced condom usage.

Table 1 Medicines, limited list

Medicines, limited list

Designations of the columns in Tables 1 and 2

Column A: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with unlimited sailing area;
Column B: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with a sailing area limited to the GMDSS Sea Area A2 as stipulated in provision IV/2 of the SOLAS convention;
Column C: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with a sailing area limited to the GMDSS Sea Area A1 as stipulated in provision IV/2 of the SOLAS convention, up to 30 miles from the coast of a European country;
Column D: passenger vessels excluding vessels on which short international or national voyages are made as stipulated in provision III/3 of the SOLAS convention;
Column E: passenger vessels with which short international or national voyages are made as stipulated in provision III/3 of the SOLAS convention;
Max.

maximum quantities;

Column R:

 

 

lifeboats, life rafts and rescue vessels per 50 persons.

 

Designations of the additional codes

RMA The remedy must normally be administered or applied only on the advice of the Radio Medical Assistance or a physician
.f Prescribed only in the case of one or more female crew members
.t Prescribed only on voyages in tropical waters.
[ ] Prescribed only for vessels carrying dangerous goods, should a different quantity be prescribed in this case.
 

Table 1. Medicines, limited list

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
Cardiovascular
1.1.02   RMA Adrenaline amp 1 mg/1 ml (im, iv and sc injectable) 6 3 - 6 6 12 -
1.2.02   RMA Isosorbide-dinitrate tabl 5 mg 20 10 10 20 20 60 10
1.3.03   RMA Furosemide amp 40 mg/4 ml (im and iv injectable) 3
[10]

2
[10]

- 3

2
[10]

6
[20]

-
1.4.02   RMA Phytomenadion amp 10 mg/1 ml (voor im inj) 3z
[10]
2z
[5]
2z
2

2
[5]

4
[15]

-
1.4.03   RMA Oxytocine amp 5U/1 ml (im and iv injectable) 6f 3f 6f 6 3 12 -
1.5.02   RMA Metoprolol tabl 50 mg 30 10 - 30 10 60 -
1.6.02   RMA Calcium carbasalate 100 mg or Acetyl salicylic acid tabl 80 mg 20 10 - 20 10 40 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
gastrointestinal system
2.1.04     Algeldrate+magnesiumhydroxide susp, bottle 300 ml 2 1 - 4 2 8 -
2.1.05   RMA Omeprazole tabl/caps 20 mg 60 30 - 60 30 150 -
2.2.02   RMA Domperidon supp 60 mg 18

6

3 18

18

36

-
2.2.02R     Metocl opramide supp 20 mg - - - -

-

-

3
2.2.03   RMA Metoclopramide amp 10 mg/2 ml (im injectable) 5
[30]
-
[10]
- 5 -
[10]
10
[60]
-
2.3.01     Lactulose syrup, bottle 300 ml 2 1 - 2 1 4 -
2.3.02   RMA Sodium laurylsulfoace tate/ Sorbitol/Sodium citrate microclyster 12 4 - 12 12 24 -
2.4.01     Loperamide caps 2 mg 80 40 40 80 40 200 40
2.6.01     Vaseline/lignocaine cream 3%, tube 30 g 2 1 - 2 1 5 -

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
analgesics and anti-spasmodics
3.1.02     Ibuprofen coated tabl 400 mg 40 20 - 40 20 100 -
3.1.03     Paracetamol tabl 500 mg 80
[200]
40
[100]
20 80 80
[100]
200
[300]
80
3.2.03   RMA Morphine HCl amp 10 mg/1 ml (im and sc injectable) (TO BE KEPT IN A SAFE) 10
[40]
5
[10]
- 10

10
[20]

30
[40]
-
3.2.04R   (RMA) Tram adol caps 50 mg - - - -

-

-

30
3.3.02   RMA Diclofenac supp 100 mg 10 5 5 10 5 20 5
3.4.01   RMA Naloxone amp 0,4 mg/1 ml (im and iv injectable) 3
[6]
3
[6]
- 6 6
[12]
15
[24]
-

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
nervous system
4.1.02   RMA Diazepam microclyster 10 mg/2,5 ml 10
[10]
2
[5]
- 10 5
[20]
20
[20]
-
4.1.03   RMA Oxazepam tabl 10 mg 20 10 - 20 10 50 -
4.2.01   RMA Haloperidol tabl 1 mg 20

10

- 20

10

50

-

4.2.02

  RMA Haloperidol amp 5 mg/1 ml (im and iv injectable) 10 2 - 10

5

20

-
4.3.02     Cyclizine supp 100 mg 20 10 - 20 20 100 -
4.3.03     Cinnarizine tabl 25 mg 50 20 10 50 50 200 6 pp
4.4.02   RMA Carbamazepine tabl 200 mg 20 10 - 20 20 50 -
4.5.01   RMA Temazepam tabl/caps 10 mg 20 10 - 20 20 50 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
anti-allergics and anti-anaphylactics
5.1.03   RMA Clemastine tabl 1 mg 20 10 - 20 20 50 -
5.1.04   RMA Clemastine amp 2 mg/2 ml (im and iv injectable) 3 2 - 3 2 6 -
5.2.02   RMA Dexamethasone amp 5 mg/1 ml (im and iv injectable) 5

2

- 5

2

5

-
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
respiratory system
6.1.02   RMA Salbutamol 0,1 mg/ds, inhaler 200 ds 2
[5]
1
[5]
- 2 1
[5]
4
[5]
-
6.1.03   RMA Beclomethasone 0,05 mg/ds, inhaler 200 ds -
[5]
-
[5]
- - -
[5]
-
[5]
-
6.1.04     Volumatic device to be used with 6.1.02 and 6.1.03 1
[2]
1
[2]
- 1

1
[2]

1
[2]
-

6.2.01

    Dextromethorfan syrup, bottle 200 ml 3 1 - 3

1

6

-
6.3.01     Xylomethazoline nasal drops 0,1%, dropper bottle 10 ml 5 3 - 5 3 10 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
anti-infection
7.1.01   RMA Amoxicillin caps 500 mg 60 20 - 60 20 120 -
7.1.07   RMA Doxycycline tabl 100 mg 20 5 - 20 5 50 -
7.1.08   RMA Cefuroxime amp 750 mg + 5 ml solvent (im injectable) 15

6

- 15

6

30

-

7.2.02

  RMA Cotrimoxazole tabl 800+160 mg 30 10 - 30

10

60

-
7.4.02   RMA Metronidazole tabl 500 mg 20 10 - 20 10 50 -
7.4.03   RMA Metronidazole supp or ovule 500 mg(1) -
[10]
- - - - -
[25]
-
7.5.01   RMA Ciprofloxacin tabl 250 mg 40 20 - 40 20 100 -
7.6.01   RMA Tetanus vaccine amp 0,5 ml (im injectable) (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 5 2 - 5 2 5 -
7.6.02   RMA Anti-tetanus immunoglobulin amp 250 E/2 ml (im injectable) (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 3 1 - 3 1 5 -
7.7.01 .t RMA Quinine sulphate tabl/coated tabl 200 mg 70 70 - 70 70 200 -
7.7.02 .t   Proguanil tabl 100 mg(2) 500 250 - 500 500 1500 -
7.7.03 .t   Chloroquine sulphate tabl 100 mg(2) 60 30 - 60 60 180 -
7.7.04 .t RMA Quinine hydrochloride amp 600 mg/2 ml (im injectable) 10 5 - 10 5 20 -
7.7.05 .t   Malarone® tabl 250/100 mg(2) 250 125 - 250 125 750 -
  .t RMA Aqua dest amp 5 ml for dilution 7.7.04 (im injectable) 20 10 - 20 10 40 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
compounds promoting rehydration, caloric intake and plasma expansion
8.1.01     Oral Rehydration Salts, WHO formula, sachet to give 1 litre rehydration solution 18 6 - 18 6 36 -
8.1.02   RMA

NaCl 0,9% infusion, bottle 500 ml

IV giving set, see II.5.05f

2
[10]
1
[6]
- 4 2
[6]
4
[10]
-
8.3.01   RMA

Plasma substitute of choice, bottle 500 ml

IV giving set, see II.5.05f

5

3

- 5

3

10

-

-

 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
skin medicines
9.1.03     Chlorhexidine 0,5%, bottle 30 ml 4 2 1 4 2 8 1
9.1.04     Chlorhexidine/Cetrimide solution,
bottle 250 ml
3 1 - 3 3 5 -
9.1.05     Ethanol 70% based hand sanitizer 2

1

- 2

1

4

-

9.1.08

    Betadine ointment, tube 30 g 3 2 1 3

2

6

2
9.1.09     Capsicum compositum cream, tube 30 g 3 1 - 3 1 6 -
9.1.10     Miconazol nitrate cream 2%, tube 30 g 4 2 - 4 2 8 -

9.1.13

  RMA Silver sulphadiazine cream 1%, tube 50 g (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 5 3 1 5

5

8

-
9.1.13R     Long-shelflife antiseptic cream suitable for treatment of burns - - - - - - 1
9.1.14R     Sun screen cream, waterproof, tube 25 g, factor 20 (EU) of 22 (USA) - - - - - - 2
9.1.15     Alumnis compositum powder, can 100 g 4 1 - 4 2 8 -
9.1.18     Lanette/menthol cream 2%, tube 10 g 2 - - 2 1 5 -

9.1.20

    Permethrin lotion 10 mg/g, bottle 59 ml 3 1 - 3

1

5

-
9.1.21   RMA Hydrocortisone 1%, tube 30 g 2 1 - 2 1 4 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
eye medicines
9.2.03   RMA Tetracaine eye drops 0,5%, unit dose (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 20 10 - 20 10 40 -
9.2.04   RMA Pilocarpine eye drops 2%, dropper bottle 10 ml (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
9.2.05   Fluorescein paper strips 1%, packet cont. 10 pcs 1

1

- 1

1

2

-

9.2.06

  Tetracycline ointment 1%, tube 4g (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 2
[5]
1
[3]
1 2 1
[3]
4
[10]
1
9.2.07   Fusidic acid eye gel 1%, unit dose 0,2 g (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 24 12 - 24 12 48 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
ear medicines
9.3.03     Neomycine/ Polymyxine B/ Hydrocortison eardrops, bottle 10 ml 2 1 - 2 1 4 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
medicines for oral and throat infections
9.4.01     Chlorhexidine mouthwash 2%, bottle 200 ml 2 1 - 2 1 4 -
 

 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
local anaesthetics
9.5.02     Lignocaine 2%, bottle 20 ml, no adrenaline (im and sc injectable) 2 1 - 2 1 4 -
9.5.03     Oleum carophylli (oil of cloves), dropper bottle 10 ml 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
   
CodeAdd.codeRequirementsABCDEMax.R
additional antidotes
10.1.01 RMACalcium gluconate gel 2%, tube 25 g-
[5]
-
[5]
--

-
[10]

-
[40]

-
10.2.05 RMAAtropine sulphate amp 1 mg/1 ml (im and iv injectable)-
[15]
-
[15]
--

-
[43]

-
[100]

-
10.2.06 RMACalcium gluconate effervescent 1 g-
[20]
-
[20]
--

-
[40]

-
[100]

-

10.2.09

 RMAActivated charcoal, powder, 50 g-
[2]
-
[2]
---
[2]
-
[2]
-
10.2.10 RMAEthyl alcohol solution = 95%, bottle 500 ml-
[3]
-
[1]
---
[1]
-
[3]
-

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
miscellaneous
12.1.01   RMA Glucagon amp 1 mg + 1 ml solvent (im and iv injectable)
(STORE IN A COOL PLACE)
2z 2z 2z 4 2 4 -
 

 

  1. There may be practical problems with the preparation and supply of metronidazole suppositories. According to information supplied by the manufacturer it is possible to use vaginal ovules rectally. Ovules (Flagyl) are thus an equivalent alternative.

  2. To be used for malaria prophylaxis. See the Dutch Medical Guide for Ships for further information. The latest information should also be acquired concerning regions of resistance. Malarone® is registered in the Netherlands only for up to 4 weeks' use. The seafarer concerned shall sign a form of "informed consent" with a physician for use for more than four consecutive weeks.
Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Medicines, limited list

Designations of the columns in Tables 1 and 2

Column A: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with unlimited sailing area;
Column B: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with a sailing area limited to the GMDSS Sea Area A2 as stipulated in provision IV/2 of the SOLAS convention;
Column C: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with a sailing area limited to the GMDSS Sea Area A1 as stipulated in provision IV/2 of the SOLAS convention, up to 30 miles from the coast of a European country;
Column D: passenger vessels excluding vessels on which short international or national voyages are made as stipulated in provision III/3 of the SOLAS convention;
Column E: passenger vessels with which short international or national voyages are made as stipulated in provision III/3 of the SOLAS convention;
Max.

maximum quantities;

Column R:

 

 

lifeboats, life rafts and rescue vessels per 50 persons.

 

Designations of the additional codes

RMA The remedy must normally be administered or applied only on the advice of the Radio Medical Assistance or a physician
.f Prescribed only in the case of one or more female crew members
.t Prescribed only on voyages in tropical waters.
[ ] Only prescribed for ships carrying dangerous goods and ferries as referred to in Article 3, second paragraph, of Directive 92/29/EEC, if a deviating amount has been prescribed for this.
 

Table 1. Medicines, limited list

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
Cardiovascular
1.1.02   RMA Adrenaline amp 1 mg/1 ml (im, iv and sc injectable) 6 3 - 6 6 12 -
1.2.02   RMA Isosorbide-dinitrate tabl 5 mg 20 10 10 20 20 60 10
1.3.03   RMA Furosemide amp 40 mg/4 ml (im and iv injectable) 3
[10]

2
[10]

- 3

2
[10]

6
[20]

-
1.4.02   RMA Phytomenadion amp 10 mg/1 ml (voor im inj) 3z
[10]
2z
[5]
2z
2

2
[5]

4
[15]

2
1.4.03   RMA Oxytocine amp 5U/1 ml (im and iv injectable) 6f 3f 6f 6 3 12 3
1.5.02   RMA Metoprolol tabl 50 mg 30 10 - 30 10 60 -
1.6.02   RMA Calcium carbasalate 100 mg or Acetyl salicylic acid tabl 80 mg 20 10 - 20 10 40 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
gastrointestinal system
2.1.04     Algeldrate+magnesiumhydroxide susp, bottle 300 ml 2 1 - 4 2 8 -
2.1.05   RMA Omeprazole tabl/caps 20 mg 60 30 - 60 30 150 -
2.2.02   RMA Domperidon supp 60 mg 18

6

3 18

18

36

-
2.2.02R     Metocl opramide supp 20 mg - - - -

-

-

3
2.2.03   RMA Metoclopramide amp 10 mg/2 ml (im injectable) 5
[30]
-
[10]
- 5 -
[10]
10
[60]
-
2.3.01     Lactulose syrup, bottle 300 ml 2 1 - 2 1 4 -
2.3.02   RMA Sodium laurylsulfoace tate/ Sorbitol/Sodium citrate microclyster 12 4 - 12 12 24 -
2.4.01     Loperamide caps 2 mg 80 40 40 80 40 200 40
2.6.01     Vaseline/lignocaine cream 3%, tube 30 g 2 1 - 2 1 5 -

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
analgesics and anti-spasmodics
3.1.02     Ibuprofen coated tabl 400 mg 40 20 - 40 20 100 -
3.1.03     Paracetamol tabl 500 mg 80
[200]
40
[100]
20 80 80
[100]
200
[300]
80
3.2.03   RMA Morphine HCl amp 10 mg/1 ml (im and sc injectable) (TO BE KEPT IN A SAFE) 10
[40]
5
[10]
- 10

10
[20]

30
[40]
-
3.2.04R   (RMA) Tram adol caps 50 mg - - - -

-

-

30
3.3.02   RMA Diclofenac supp 100 mg 10 5 5 10 5 20 5
3.4.01   RMA Naloxone amp 0,4 mg/1 ml (im and iv injectable) 3
[6]
3
[6]
- 6 6
[12]
15
[24]
-

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
nervous system
4.1.02   RMA Diazepam microclyster 10 mg/2,5 ml 10
[10]
2
[5]
- 10 5
[20]
20
[20]
-
4.1.03   RMA Oxazepam tabl 10 mg 20 10 - 20 10 50 -
4.2.01   RMA Haloperidol tabl 1 mg 20

10

- 20

10

50

-

4.2.02

  RMA Haloperidol amp 5 mg/1 ml (im and iv injectable) 10 2 - 10

5

20

-
4.3.02     Cyclizine supp 100 mg 20 10 - 20 20 100 -
4.3.03     Cinnarizine tabl 25 mg 50 20 10 50 50 200 6 pp
4.4.02   RMA Carbamazepine tabl 200 mg 20 10 - 20 20 50 -
4.5.01   RMA Temazepam tabl/caps 10 mg 20 10 - 20 20 50 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
anti-allergics and anti-anaphylactics
5.1.03   RMA Clemastine tabl 1 mg 20 10 - 20 20 50 -
5.1.04   RMA Clemastine amp 2 mg/2 ml (im and iv injectable) 3 2 - 3 2 6 -
5.2.02   RMA Dexamethasone amp 5 mg/1 ml (im and iv injectable) 5

2

- 5

2

5

-
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
respiratory system
6.1.02   RMA Salbutamol 0,1 mg/ds, inhaler 200 ds 2
[5]
1
[5]
- 2 1
[5]
4
[5]
-
6.1.03   RMA Beclomethasone 0,05 mg/ds, inhaler 200 ds -
[5]
-
[5]
- - -
[5]
-
[5]
-
6.1.04     Volumatic device to be used with 6.1.02 and 6.1.03 1
[2]
1
[2]
- 1

1
[2]

1
[2]
-

6.2.01

    Dextromethorfan syrup, bottle 200 ml 3 1 - 3

1

6

-
6.3.01     Xylomethazoline nasal drops 0,1%, dropper bottle 10 ml 5 3 - 5 3 10 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
anti-infection
7.1.01   RMA Amoxicillin caps 500 mg 60 20 - 60 20 120 -
7.1.07   RMA Doxycycline tabl 100 mg 20 5 - 20 5 50 -
7.1.08   RMA Cefuroxime amp 750 mg + 5 ml solvent (im injectable) 15

6

- 15

6

30

-

7.2.02

  RMA Cotrimoxazole tabl 800+160 mg 30 10 - 30

10

60

-
7.4.02   RMA Metronidazole tabl 500 mg 20 10 - 20 10 50 -
7.4.03   RMA Metronidazole supp or ovule 500 mg(1) -
[10]
- - - - -
[25]
-
7.5.01   RMA Ciprofloxacin tabl 250 mg 40 20 - 40 20 100 -
7.6.01   RMA Tetanus vaccine amp 0,5 ml (im injectable) (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 5 2 - 5 2 5 -
7.6.02   RMA Anti-tetanus immunoglobulin amp 250 E/2 ml (im injectable) (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 3 1 - 3 1 5 -
7.7.01 .t RMA Quinine sulphate tabl/coated tabl 200 mg 70 70 - 70 70 200 -
7.7.02 .t   Proguanil tabl 100 mg(2) 500 250 - 500 500 1500 -
7.7.03 .t   Chloroquine sulphate tabl 100 mg(2) 60 30 - 60 60 180 -
7.7.04 .t RMA Quinine hydrochloride amp 600 mg/2 ml (im injectable) 10 5 - 10 5 20 -
7.7.05 .t   Malarone® tabl 250/100 mg(2) 250 125 - 250 125 750 -
  .t RMA Aqua dest amp 5 ml for dilution 7.7.04 (im injectable) 20 10 - 20 10 40 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
compounds promoting rehydration, caloric intake and plasma expansion
8.1.01     Oral Rehydration Salts, WHO formula, sachet to give 1 litre rehydration solution 18 6 - 18 6 36 -
8.1.02   RMA

NaCl 0,9% infusion, bottle 500 ml

IV giving set, see II.5.05f

2
[10]
1
[6]
- 4 2
[6]
4
[10]
-
8.3.01   RMA

Plasma substitute of choice, bottle 500 ml

IV giving set, see II.5.05f

5

3

- 5

3

10

-

-

 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
skin medicines
9.1.03     Chlorhexidine 0,5%, bottle 30 ml 4 2 1 4 2 8 1
9.1.04     Chlorhexidine/Cetrimide solution,
bottle 250 ml
3 1 - 3 3 5 -
9.1.05     Ethanol 70% based hand sanitizer 2

1

- 2

1

4

-

9.1.08

    Betadine ointment, tube 30 g 3 2 1 3

2

6

2
9.1.09     Capsicum compositum cream, tube 30 g 3 1 - 3 1 6 -
9.1.10     Miconazol nitrate cream 2%, tube 30 g 4 2 - 4 2 8 -

9.1.13

  RMA Silver sulphadiazine cream 1%, tube 50 g (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 5 3 1 5

5

8

-
9.1.13R     Long-shelflife antiseptic cream suitable for treatment of burns - - - - - - 1
9.1.14R     Sun screen cream, waterproof, tube 25 g, factor 20 (EU) of 22 (USA) - - - - - - 2
9.1.15     Alumnis compositum powder, can 100 g 4 1 - 4 2 8 -
9.1.18     Lanette/menthol cream 2%, tube 10 g 2 - - 2 1 5 -

9.1.20

    Permethrin lotion 10 mg/g, bottle 59 ml 3 1 - 3

1

5

-
9.1.21   RMA Hydrocortisone 1%, tube 30 g 2 1 - 2 1 4 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
eye medicines
9.2.03   RMA Tetracaine eye drops 0,5%, unit dose (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 20 10 - 20 10 40 -
9.2.04   RMA Pilocarpine eye drops 2%, dropper bottle 10 ml (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
9.2.05   Fluorescein paper strips 1%, packet cont. 10 pcs 1

1

- 1

1

2

-

9.2.06

  Tetracycline ointment 1%, tube 4g (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 2
[5]
1
[3]
1 2 1
[3]
4
[10]
1
9.2.07   Fusidic acid eye gel 1%, unit dose 0,2 g (STORE IN A COOL PLACE) 24 12 - 24 12 48 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
ear medicines
9.3.03     Neomycine/ Polymyxine B/ Hydrocortison eardrops, bottle 10 ml 2 1 - 2 1 4 -
 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
medicines for oral and throat infections
9.4.01     Chlorhexidine mouthwash 2%, bottle 200 ml 2 1 - 2 1 4 -
 

 

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
local anaesthetics
9.5.02     Lignocaine 2%, bottle 20 ml, no adrenaline (im and sc injectable) 2 1 - 2 1 4 -
9.5.03     Oleum carophylli (oil of cloves), dropper bottle 10 ml 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
   
CodeAdd.codeRequirementsABCDEMax.R
additional antidotes
10.1.01 RMACalcium gluconate gel 2%, tube 25 g-
[5]
-
[5]
--

-
[10]

-
[40]

-
10.2.05 RMAAtropine sulphate amp 1 mg/1 ml (im and iv injectable)-
[15]
-
[15]
--

-
[43]

-
[100]

-
10.2.06 RMACalcium gluconate effervescent 1 g-
[20]
-
[20]
--

-
[40]

-
[100]

-

10.2.09

 RMAActivated charcoal, powder, 50 g-
[2]
-
[2]
---
[2]
-
[2]
-
10.2.10 RMAEthyl alcohol solution = 95%, bottle 500 ml-
[3]
-
[1]
---
[1]
-
[3]
-

Code Add.code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
miscellaneous
12.1.01   RMA Glucagon amp 1 mg + 1 ml solvent (im and iv injectable)
(STORE IN A COOL PLACE)
2z 2z 2z 4 2 4 -
 

 

  1. There may be practical problems with the preparation and supply of metronidazole suppositories. According to information supplied by the manufacturer it is possible to use vaginal ovules rectally. Ovules (Flagyl) are thus an equivalent alternative.

  2. To be used for malaria prophylaxis. See the Dutch Medical Guide for Ships for further information. The latest information should also be acquired concerning regions of resistance. Malarone® is registered in the Netherlands only for up to 4 weeks' use. The seafarer concerned shall sign a form of "informed consent" with a physician for use for more than four consecutive weeks.

Table 2 Equipment

Equipment

Designations of the columns in Tables 1 and 2

Column A: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with unlimited sailing area;
Column B: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with a sailing area limited to the GMDSS Sea Area A2 as stipulated in provision IV/2 of the SOLAS convention;
Column C: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with a sailing area limited to the GMDSS Sea Area A1 as stipulated in provision IV/2 of the SOLAS convention, up to 30 miles from the coast of a European country;
Column D: passenger vessels excluding vessels on which short international or national voyages are made as stipulated in provision III/3 of the SOLAS convention;
Column E: passenger vessels with which short international or national voyages are made as stipulated in provision III/3 of the SOLAS convention;
Max.

maximum quantities;

Column R:

 

 

lifeboats, life rafts and rescue vessels per 50 persons.

 

Designations of the additional codes

RMA The remedy must normally be administered or applied only on the advice of the Radio Medical Assistance or a physician
.f Prescribed only in the case of one or more female crew members
.t Prescribed only on voyages in tropical waters.
[ ] Prescribed only for vessels carrying dangerous goods, should a different quantity be prescribed in this case.

 

Table 2 - Equipment

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
resuscitation equipment
II.1.01 Manual resuscitator bag extra with mask, preferably to be
stored with II.1.02.a
-
[1]
-
[1]
- - -
[1]
-
[1]
-
II.1.02.a Portable oxygen set complete, with instructions for use, including 1 oxygen cylinder 2 l/200 bar, pressure regulating  unit with flowmeter, distributor with external oxygen connection and manual resuscitator with mask 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.1.02.b Oxygen cylinder spare 2 l/200 bar preferably to be stored with II.1.02.a -
[1]

-
[1]

- -

-
[3]

-
[3]

-
II.1.02.c Oxygen cylinder filled with medicinal oxygen 40 l/200 bar or split up in 4 bottles at most all carrying the same colour coding, filling pressure and connection, ready for use in the sickbay, with 2 flowmeters for supplying of oxygen for 2 persons at the same time1. -
[1]
-
[1]
- -

-
[1]

-
[1]

-
II.1.03 Mechanical aspirator to clear upper respiratory passages, preferably to be stored with II.1.02.a 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.1.04 Brook Airway or Lifeway or equivalent 1
[2]
1
[2]
1 2 24 1
II.1.05.a Guedel (Mayo-tube) no 2 -
[2]
-
[2]
- - -
[2]
-
[4]
-
II.1.05.b Guedel (Mayo-tube) no 3 -
[2]
-
[2]
- - -
[2]
-
[4]
-
II.1.05.c Guedel (Mayo-tube) no 4 -
[2]
-
[2]
- - -
[2]
-
[4]
-
II.1.06 Facemasks disposable (up to 60% oxygen) with flexible connecting hoses, preferably to be stored with II.1.02.a 2
[10]
2
[10]
- 2 2
[10]
6
[20]
-

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
dressing and suturing equipment
II.2.01 Suture kit with needles: see II.2.13 and II.3.01 to II.3.06.              
II.2.02 Adhesive elastic bandage 4 m/6 cm 1 1 1 2 1 2 1
II.2.03.c Hydrolast bandage 4 m/6 cm 30

15

8 60

60

120

-
II.2.04 Tubular gauze bandage for finger dressings with applicator, 5 m 4 1 1 4

4

12

-
II.2.05.a Sterile gauze compresses 5x5 cm sterile, packet cont. 16 pcs 10 5 1 20 20 40 -
II.2.05.b Sterile gauze compresses 10x10 cm, sterile, packet cont. 25 pcs 3 2 1 3 3 10 1
II.2.05.c Vaseline gauze dressing 10x10 cm, sterile 20 10 10 20 20 40 10
II.2.06 Absorbent cotton wadding, 100 g 4 2 1 4 4 10 -
II.2.07.a Metalline sheet 73x250 cm, sterile 1 1 - 2 2 2 -
II.2.08 Triangular sling (cotto n wool) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
II.2.09.a Disposable polyethylene gloves, in pairs 12 6 3 12 12 24 3
II.2.09.b Surgical gloves size M, sterile, in pairs 3 2 - 6 12 12 -
II.2.09.c Surgical gloves size L, sterile, in pairs 3 2 - 6 12 12 -
II.2.10.b Adhesive wound-plaster, waterproof, 1 m/6 cm 3 2 1 3 2 6 1
II.2.11.a Sterile compression bandage no 1 small 4 4 1 10 10 20 2
II.2.11.b Sterile compression bandage no 2 medium 10 4 2 20 20 40 4
II.2.11.c Sterile compression bandage no 3 large 4 4 1 10 10 10 1
II.2.12.a Adhesive tape, waterproof, 5 m/11/4 cm 2 1 1 2 2 5 1
II.2.12.c Butterfly bandage, sterile 20 10 5 20 20 40 5
II.2.13.c Sutures with non-traumatic needles vicryl 4-0 10 5 - 10 10 20 -
II.2.13.d Sutures with non-traumatic needles ethilon 3-0 10 5 - 10 10 20 -
II.2.13.e Sutures with non-traumatic needles ethilon 5-0 10 5 - 10 10 20 -
II.2.14 Synthetic wadding 3 m/10 cm 2 1 - 2 2 4 -
II.2.15.a Eye patch 2 1 - 3 3 3 -
II.2.15.b Eye pad gauze, packet cont. 5 pcs 2 1 - 3 3 3 -
II.2.16 Safety pins (stainless-steel), 12 pcs 2 1 1 3 3 3 1

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
instruments
II.3.01 Scalpel sterile disposable 3 3 - 3 3 6 -
II.3.02 Instrument box (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.03.a Scissors surgical strait (stainless-steel) 1

1

- 1

1

2

-
II.3.03.b Scissors Lister 18 cm (stainless-steel), not to be stored n II.3.02 1 1 1 1

1

3

1
II.3.04.a Forceps dissecting (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.04.b Forceps teeth tissue (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.05 Haemostatic clamp Kocher (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.06 Needle forceps Mathieu 17 cm (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.07 Razor disposable 5 2 - 5 5 10 -
II.3.08 Forceps splinter (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.09 Ring saw (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.3.10 Eye lis 1 1 - 1 1 2 -

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
examination and monitoring equipment
II.4.01 Tongue depressors disposable 50 10 - 50 50 100 -
II.4.02 Reactive strips for urine analysis:
blood/glucose/protein/nitrite/leucocytes, 50 strips
1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.4.03 Temperature/pulse charts 20

5

- 20

20

40

-
II.4.04 Medical evacuation sheets 4 2 - 4

4

10

-
II.4.05 Stethoscope 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.4.06 Aneroid sphygmomanometer, preferably automatic 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.4.07 Standard clinical thermometer 3 2 - 3 3 6 -
II.4.08 Hypothermic thermometer 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.4.09 Penlight type flash light + blue cover 2 1 - 2 2 2 -

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
equipment for injection, perfusion, puncture and catheterization
II.5.01 Urine drainage set: see II.5.04/.06/.07              
II.5.02.a Rectal drip set, including 1 catheter 1 - - 1 1 2 -
II.5.02.b Catheter 26 Fr to be used with rectal drip set [6]

-

- -

-

[12]

II.5.04 Urine drainage bag with penile sheath set 2 - - 2

1

2

-
II.5.05.a Syringes 2 ml disposable 50
[100]
25
[50]
5 50 40
[50]
100
[200]
-
II.5.05.b Syringes 5 ml disposable 10 5
[10]
- 10 10 20
[20]
-
II.5.05.c Needles sc 16x1/2 mm, sterile, for II.5.05.a/.b 25 10 - 25 10 50 -
II.5.05.d Needles im 40x0,8 mm, sterile, for II.5.05.a/.b 50
[100]
25
[50]
5 50 25
[50]
100
[200]
-
II.5.05.e IV infusion canula 1,2 mm, to be used with iv giving set 4
[10]
2
[10]
- 8 4
[10]
8
[20]
-
II.5.05.f IV giving set to be used with 8.1.02 and 8.3.01 4
[10]
2
[10]
- 8 4
[10]
8
[20]
-
II.5.05.g Tourniquet, blood-taking type to be used with in infusion canula 1
[2]
1
[2]
- 2 1
[2]
4
[4]
-
II.5.06 Catheter sterile Thieman without balloon, no 16 and 12 each 1 - - 1 1 2 -
II.5.07 Lubricant lignocaine 2%/chlorhexidine 0,05%, syringe 2 - - 2 2 4 -
II.5.08 Basin, kidney shape (stainless-steel) 2 1 - 1 1 4 -

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
general medical equipment
II.6.01 Bedpan (stainless-steel) 1 - - 2 2 3 -
II.6.02 Hot-water bag 1 1 - 2 1 3 -
II.6.03 Urinal, male (glass) 1

-

- 2

2

3

-
II.6.04 ColdHotpack Maxi 20x30 cm (STORE IN FREEZER) 1 1 1 1

1

2

-
II.6.06 Aluminium foil blanket 1 1 1 2 2 4 1

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
immobilization and setting equipment
II.7.01 Malleable finger splint 30 cm (aluminium) 2 1 - 2 2 4 -
II.7.02 Malleable forearm/hand/leg splint 70 cm, set of 6 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.7.03 Vacuum splints (half/full arm, half/full leg) with hand force pump 1

1

1 2

2

3

-
II.7.04 Thigh splint Thomas 1 1 - 1

1

2

-
II.7.05 Neck collar, Stifneck Select or equivalent: adjustable 2 2 - 2 2 4 -
II.7.06 Dimple mattress with foot-pump 1 - - 1 1 1 -
II.07.07 As soon as the prescribed crew exceeds 3 persons: stretcher2 1 1 1 2 2 2 -

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
disinfection, disinsectization and prophylaxis
II.8.01 Disinfectant for drinking water suitable for human consumption in sufficient quantity to disinfect the complete on-board water supply in one application. 2 1 - 2 2 5 -
II.8.04.t Diethyl-toluamide (DEET) 50% insect repellent, bottle 30 ml 30 15 - 30 30 60 -
II.8.05 Sprayable pesticide of choice, effective against flying and creeping insects, bottle 2

1

- 2

1

10

-

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
miscellaneous
II.9.01.b Body bag 1
[2]
- - 2 - 1
[2]
-
II.9.03 Condoms 50 20 - 50 50 100 -
II.9.04 Pedal bin (stainless-steel) 1

-

- 1

1

1

-
Plastic bags for pedal bin, 20 pcs 2 - - 2 2 4 -
II.9.05 Microscope slides, 12 pcs 1 - - 1

1

1

-
II.9.06 Q-tips (wooden) 50 20 - 50 50 100 -
II.9.07 Flexible straws 20 10 - 20 20 40 -
II.9.10 Dutch Medical Guide for Ships, last edition, including
supplements
1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.9.11 Dutch Medical Guide for Ships, last edition, including supplements [1] [1] - - [1] [1] -
II.9.12 Orange Cross First aid booklet, last edition - - 1 - - 1 -
II.9.13 Re-closable watertight kit, for all items in column R with an inventory and treatment instructions printed on waterproofmaterial. - - - - - - 1

 

 



1    In view of the danger of explosion associated with oxygen under pressure, appropriate storage is to be arranged for spare oxygen cylinders, preferably in the open air or in a ventilated space. The guidelines in Notices for Shipping No. 35/1965 (Acetylene welding and cutting installations, Dutch Government Gazette 169) should be followed as closely as possible.
2    The stretcher shall have a framework with an inflexible supporting base and shall be constructed in such a way that the patient's complete body can be protected and immobilized, taking into account the wide range of circumstances under which the stretcher might be used. The stretcher is to be made of fire-resistant material and is to be provided with eyelets and belts for hoisting with a view to horizontal and vertical transportation, through, for example, scuttles and escape hatches. A stretcher is not required on board sailing vessels less than 24 metres in length.
Ingangsdatum: 01-01-2012

Equipment

Designations of the columns in Tables 1 and 2

Column A: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with unlimited sailing area;
Column B: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with a sailing area limited to the GMDSS Sea Area A2 as stipulated in provision IV/2 of the SOLAS convention;
Column C: cargo ships, sailing vessels and fishing vessels with a sailing area limited to the GMDSS Sea Area A1 as stipulated in provision IV/2 of the SOLAS convention, up to 30 miles from the coast of a European country;
Column D: passenger vessels excluding vessels on which short international or national voyages are made as stipulated in provision III/3 of the SOLAS convention;
Column E: passenger vessels with which short international or national voyages are made as stipulated in provision III/3 of the SOLAS convention;
Max.

maximum quantities;

Column R:

 

 

lifeboats, life rafts and rescue vessels per 50 persons.

 

Designations of the additional codes

RMA The remedy must normally be administered or applied only on the advice of the Radio Medical Assistance or a physician
.f Prescribed only in the case of one or more female crew members
.t Prescribed only on voyages in tropical waters.
[ ] Only prescribed for ships carrying dangerous goods and ferries as referred to in Article 3, second paragraph, of Directive 92/29/EEC, if a deviating amount has been prescribed for this.


 

Table 2 - Equipment

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
resuscitation equipment
II.1.01 Manual resuscitator bag extra with mask, preferably to be
stored with II.1.02.a
-
[1]
-
[1]
- - -
[1]
-
[1]
-
II.1.02.a Portable oxygen set complete, with instructions for use, including 1 oxygen cylinder 2 l/200 bar, pressure regulating  unit with flowmeter, distributor with external oxygen connection and manual resuscitator with mask 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.1.02.b Oxygen cylinder spare 2 l/200 bar preferably to be stored with II.1.02.a -
[1]

-
[1]

- -

-
[3]

-
[3]

-
II.1.02.c Oxygen cylinder filled with medicinal oxygen 40 l/200 bar or split up in 4 bottles at most all carrying the same colour coding, filling pressure and connection, ready for use in the sickbay, with 2 flowmeters for supplying of oxygen for 2 persons at the same time1. -
[1]
-
[1]
- -

-
[1]

-
[1]

-
II.1.03 Mechanical aspirator to clear upper respiratory passages, preferably to be stored with II.1.02.a 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.1.04 Brook Airway or Lifeway or equivalent 1
[2]
1
[2]
1 2 2 4 1
II.1.05.a Guedel (Mayo-tube) no 2 -
[2]
-
[2]
- - -
[2]
-
[4]
-
II.1.05.b Guedel (Mayo-tube) no 3 -
[2]
-
[2]
- - -
[2]
-
[4]
-
II.1.05.c Guedel (Mayo-tube) no 4 -
[2]
-
[2]
- - -
[2]
-
[4]
-
II.1.06 Facemasks disposable (up to 60% oxygen) with flexible connecting hoses, preferably to be stored with II.1.02.a 2
[10]
2
[10]
- 2 2
[10]
6
[20]
-

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
dressing and suturing equipment
II.2.01 Suture kit with needles: see II.2.13 and II.3.01 to II.3.06.              
II.2.02 Adhesive elastic bandage 4 m/6 cm 1 1 1 2 1 2 1
II.2.03.c Hydrolast bandage 4 m/6 cm 30

15

8 60

60

120

-
II.2.04 Tubular gauze bandage for finger dressings with applicator, 5 m 4 1 1 4

4

12

-
II.2.05.a Sterile gauze compresses 5x5 cm sterile, packet cont. 16 pcs 10 5 1 20 20 40 -
II.2.05.b Sterile gauze compresses 10x10 cm, sterile, packet cont. 25 pcs 3 2 1 3 3 10 1
II.2.05.c Vaseline gauze dressing 10x10 cm, sterile 20 10 10 20 20 40 10
II.2.06 Absorbent cotton wadding, 100 g 4 2 1 4 4 10 -
II.2.07.a Metalline sheet 73x250 cm, sterile 1 1 - 2 2 2 -
II.2.08 Triangular sling (cotto n wool) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
II.2.09.a Disposable polyethylene gloves, in pairs 12 6 3 12 12 24 3
II.2.09.b Surgical gloves size M, sterile, in pairs 3 2 - 6 12 12 -
II.2.09.c Surgical gloves size L, sterile, in pairs 3 2 - 6 12 12 -
II.2.10.b Adhesive wound-plaster, waterproof, 1 m/6 cm 3 2 1 3 2 6 1
II.2.11.a Sterile compression bandage no 1 small 4 4 1 10 10 20 2
II.2.11.b Sterile compression bandage no 2 medium 10 4 2 20 20 40 4
II.2.11.c Sterile compression bandage no 3 large 4 4 1 10 10 10 1
II.2.12.a Adhesive tape, waterproof, 5 m/11/4 cm 2 1 1 2 2 5 1
II.2.12.c Butterfly bandage, sterile 20 10 5 20 20 40 5
II.2.13.c Sutures with non-traumatic needles vicryl 4-0 10 5 - 10 10 20 -
II.2.13.d Sutures with non-traumatic needles ethilon 3-0 10 5 - 10 10 20 -
II.2.13.e Sutures with non-traumatic needles ethilon 5-0 10 5 - 10 10 20 -
II.2.14 Synthetic wadding 3 m/10 cm 2 1 - 2 2 4 -
II.2.15.a Eye patch 2 1 - 3 3 3 -
II.2.15.b Eye pad gauze, packet cont. 5 pcs 2 1 - 3 3 3 -
II.2.16 Safety pins (stainless-steel), 12 pcs 2 1 1 3 3 3 1

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
instruments
II.3.01 Scalpel sterile disposable 3 3 - 3 3 6 -
II.3.02 Instrument box (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.03.a Scissors surgical strait (stainless-steel) 1

1

- 1

1

2

-
II.3.03.b Scissors Lister 18 cm (stainless-steel), not to be stored n II.3.02 1 1 1 1

1

3

1
II.3.04.a Forceps dissecting (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.04.b Forceps teeth tissue (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.05 Haemostatic clamp Kocher (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.06 Needle forceps Mathieu 17 cm (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.07 Razor disposable 5 2 - 5 5 10 -
II.3.08 Forceps splinter (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.3.09 Ring saw (stainless-steel) 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.3.10 Eye lis 1 1 - 1 1 2 -

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
examination and monitoring equipment
II.4.01 Tongue depressors disposable 50 10 - 50 50 100 -
II.4.02 Reactive strips for urine analysis:
blood/glucose/protein/nitrite/leucocytes, 50 strips
1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.4.03 Temperature/pulse charts 20

5

- 20

20

40

-
II.4.04 Medical evacuation sheets 4 2 - 4

4

10

-
II.4.05 Stethoscope 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.4.06 Aneroid sphygmomanometer, preferably automatic 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.4.07 Standard clinical thermometer 3 2 - 3 3 6 -
II.4.08 Hypothermic thermometer 1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.4.09 Penlight type flash light + blue cover 2 1 - 2 2 2 -

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
equipment for injection, perfusion, puncture and catheterization
II.5.01 Urine drainage set: see II.5.04/.06/.07              
II.5.02.a Rectal drip set, including 1 catheter 1 - - 1 1 2 -
II.5.02.b Catheter 26 Fr to be used with rectal drip set [6]

-

- -

-

[12]

II.5.04 Urine drainage bag with penile sheath set 2 - - 2

1

2

-
II.5.05.a Syringes 2 ml disposable 50
[100]
25
[50]
5 50 40
[50]
100
[200]
5
II.5.05.b Syringes 5 ml disposable 10 5
[10]
- 10 10 20
[20]
-
II.5.05.c Needles sc 16x1/2 mm, sterile, for II.5.05.a/.b 25 10 - 25 10 50 -
II.5.05.d Needles im 40x0,8 mm, sterile, for II.5.05.a/.b 50
[100]
25
[50]
5 50 25
[50]
100
[200]
5
II.5.05.e IV infusion canula 1,2 mm, to be used with iv giving set 4
[10]
2
[10]
- 8 4
[10]
8
[20]
-
II.5.05.f IV giving set to be used with 8.1.02 and 8.3.01 4
[10]
2
[10]
- 8 4
[10]
8
[20]
-
II.5.05.g Tourniquet, blood-taking type to be used with in infusion canula 1
[2]
1
[2]
- 2 1
[2]
4
[4]
-
II.5.06 Catheter sterile Thieman without balloon, no 16 and 12 each 1 - - 1 1 2 -
II.5.07 Lubricant lignocaine 2%/chlorhexidine 0,05%, syringe 2 - - 2 2 4 -
II.5.08 Basin, kidney shape (stainless-steel) 2 1 - 1 1 4 -

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
general medical equipment
II.6.01 Bedpan (stainless-steel) 1 - - 2 2 3 -
II.6.02 Hot-water bag 1 1 - 2 1 3 -
II.6.03 Urinal, male (glass) 1

-

- 2

2

3

-
II.6.04 ColdHotpack Maxi 20x30 cm (STORE IN FREEZER) 1 1 1 1

1

2

-
II.6.06 Aluminium foil blanket 1 1 1 2 2 4 1

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
immobilization and setting equipment
II.7.01 Malleable finger splint 30 cm (aluminium) 2 1 - 2 2 4 -
II.7.02 Malleable forearm/hand/leg splint 70 cm, set of 6 1 1 - 1 1 2 -
II.7.03 Vacuum splints (half/full arm, half/full leg) with hand force pump 1

1

1 2

2

3

-
II.7.04 Thigh splint Thomas 1 1 - 1

1

2

-
II.7.05 Neck collar, Stifneck Select or equivalent: adjustable 2 2 - 2 2 4 -
II.7.06 Dimple mattress with foot-pump 1 - - 1 1 1 -
II.07.07 As soon as the prescribed crew exceeds 3 persons: stretcher2 1 1 1 2 2 2 -

C

odeRequirementsABCDEMax.R
disinfection, disinsectization and prophylaxis
II.8.01Disinfectant for drinking water suitable for human consumption in sufficient quantity to disinfect the complete on-board water supply in one application.21-225-
II.8.04.tDiethyl-toluamide (DEET) 50% insect repellent, bottle 30 ml3015-303060-
II.8.05Sprayable pesticide of choice, effective against flying and creeping insects, bottle2

1

-2

1

10

-

Code Requirements A B C D E Max. R
miscellaneous
II.9.01.b Body bag 1
[2]
- - 2 - 1
[2]
-
II.9.03 Condoms 50 20 - 50 50 100 -
II.9.04 Pedal bin (stainless-steel) 1

-

- 1

1

1

-
Plastic bags for pedal bin, 20 pcs 2 - - 2 2 4 -
II.9.05 Microscope slides, 12 pcs 1 - - 1

1

1

-
II.9.06 Q-tips (wooden) 50 20 - 50 50 100 -
II.9.07 Flexible straws 20 10 - 20 20 40 -
II.9.10 Dutch Medical Guide for Ships, last edition, including
supplements
1 1 - 1 1 1 -
II.9.11 Dutch Medical Guide for Ships, last edition, including supplements [1] [1] - - [1] [1] -
II.9.12 Orange Cross First aid booklet, last edition - - 1 - - 1 -
II.9.13 Re-closable watertight kit, for all items in column R with an inventory and treatment instructions printed on waterproofmaterial. - - - - - - 1

 



1  In connection with the danger of explosion that oxygen under pressure may generate, the storage of oxygen bottle(s) occurs in an appropriate manner, preferably in the open air or in a ventilated space.
2    The stretcher shall have a framework with an inflexible supporting base and shall be constructed in such a way that the patient's complete body can be protected and immobilized, taking into account the wide range of circumstances under which the stretcher might be used. The stretcher is to be made of fire-resistant material and is to be provided with eyelets and belts for hoisting with a view to horizontal and vertical transportation, through, for example, scuttles and escape hatches. A stretcher is not required on board sailing vessels less than 24 metres in length.

Annex 2 Pertaining to article 12a of the Regulation Safety Seagoning Vessels

This annex belongs to the Regulation Safety Seagoning vessels.

DE STAATSSECRETARIS VAN VERKEER EN WATERSTAAT,

J.C. Huizinga-Heringa

 

Annex 2, belongs to article 12a Regulation Safety Seagoning Vessels

LARGE COMMERCIAL YACHT CODE

Large is 24 metres and over in load line length and the Code of Practice applies to yachts which are in commercial use for sport or pleasure, do not carry cargo and do not carry more than 12 passengers.

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

This annex belongs to the Regulation Safety Seagoning vessels.

DE STAATSSECRETARIS VAN VERKEER EN WATERSTAAT,

J.C. Huizinga-Heringa

 

Annex 2, belongs to article 12a Regulation Safety Seagoning Vessels

LARGE COMMERCIAL YACHT CODE

Large is 24 metres and over in load line length and the Code of Practice applies to yachts which are in commercial use for sport or pleasure, do not carry cargo and do not carry more than 12 passengers.

01 Forword

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

1.1  Where "Administration" is used in the Code, it means the Government of the State whose flag the ship is entitled to fly. 

1.2  Vessels are required to comply with the various merchant shipping regulations of the Administration which are relevant to the class of vessel to which they belong.  Vessels in commercial use for sport or pleasure do not fall naturally into a single class and, in any case, prescribed merchant ship safety standards may be incompatible with the safety needs particular to such vessels.

1.3  The Code applies to vessels of less than 3000 gross tonnes (GT) in commercial use for sport or pleasure (being pleasure vessels "engaged in trade" for the purpose of Article 5 - Exceptions - of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966 (ICLL)) which are 24 metres in load line length and over or, if built before 21 July 1968, 150 gross tons and over according to the tonnage measurement regulations applying at that date and which do not carry cargo and do not carry more than 12 passengers.

1.4  The Code sets required standards of safety and pollution prevention which are appropriate to the size of the vessel.  The standards applied are either set by the relevant international conventions or equivalent standards where it is not reasonable or practicable to comply. Provision is made within the Code to add any specific national requirements within a National Annex.

  An Administration may consider a specific alternative equivalent standard to any standard required by the Code.  Applications which justify either an alternative or exemption from a specific requirement of the Code can be made to the Administration.

1.5  Compliance with the standards required by the Code will entitle a vessel to be issued with the certification required by the international conventions applicable to the vessel, upon satisfactory completion of the corresponding surveys and inspections.

  The certificates demanded by the international conventions which apply to the vessels covered by the Code are summarised in Section 26.

1.6  When equipment manufactured in accordance with a recognised European or International standard is required by the Code, the Administration may accept existing equipment which can be shown to be of an equivalent standard and which does not increase the risk to the ship or its crew and passengers.  When such equipment is replaced, the replacement should conform to the standard required by the Code.

1.7  For vessels entitled to fly the flag of a Member State of the European Union, the Commission of the European Communities' general mutual recognition clause should be accepted. The clause states:

  Any requirement for goods or materials to comply with a specified standard should be satisfied by compliance with:

  1. a relevant standard or code of practice of a national standards body or equivalent body of a Member State of the European Community; or

  2.  any relevant international standard recognised for use in any Member State of the European Community; or

  3. a relevant specification acknowledged for use as a standard by a public authority of any Member State of the European Community; or

  4. traditional procedures of manufacture of a Member State of the European Community where these are the subject of a written technical description sufficiently detailed to permit assessment of the goods or materials for the use specified; or

  5. a specification sufficiently detailed to permit assessment for goods or materials of an innovative nature (or subject to innovative processes of manufacture such that they cannot comply with a recognised standard or specification) and which fulfil the purpose provided by the specified standard;

  provided that the proposed standard, code of practice, specification or technical description provides, in use, equivalent levels of safety, suitability and fitness for purpose. Due attention should be paid to the requirements of the Marine Equipment Directive

1.8  It is recognised that the Code may be required to be revised in the light of experience gained in its application. 

1.9  It is recommended that pleasure vessels comply with the standards of the Code.


 

02 Definitions

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

"Approved" in respect to materials or equipment means approved by the Administration or approved by an administration or organisation which is formally recognised by the Administration;

"Authorised surveyor" means a surveyor who by reason of professional qualifications, practical experience and expertise is authorised by the Administration to carry out the survey required for the vessel;
  
"Buoyant lifeline" means a line complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code;

"Cargo" means an item(s) of value that is carried from one place and discharged at another place and for which either a charge or no charge is made and is not for use exclusively onboard the vessel;

"Commercial vessel" means a vessel which is not a pleasure vessel;

"Control stations" are those spaces in which the ship's radio or main navigating equipment or the emergency source of power are located or where the fire recording or fire control equipment is centralised;

"Efficient" in relation to a fitting, piece of equipment or material means that all reasonable and practicable measures have been taken to ensure that it is suitable for the purpose for which it is intended to be used;

"Embarkation ladder" means a ladder complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code; 

"Emergency source of electrical power" is a source of electrical power, intended to supply the emergency switchboard in the event of failure of the supply from the main source of electrical power;

"Emergency switchboard" is a switchboard which in the event of failure of the main electrical power supply system is directly supplied by the emergency source of electrical power or the transitional source of emergency power and is intended to distribute electrical energy to the emergency services;

"EPIRB" means a satellite emergency position-indicating radio beacon, being an earth station in the mobile-satellite service, the emissions of which are intended to facilitate search and rescue operations, complying with performance standards adopted by the IMO contained in either Resolution A.810(19) or Resolution A.812(19) and Resolution A.662(16), or any Resolution amending or replacing these from time to time and which is considered by the Administration to be relevant, and is capable of:

   (a) floating free and automatically activating if the ship sinks;

   (b) being manually activated; and

   (c) being carried by one person;

"Existing vessel" means any vessel, the keel of which was laid or the construction or lay up was started before the 16th December 1998;

"Float-free launching" means that method of launching a liferaft whereby the liferaft is automatically released from a sinking ship and is ready for use, complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code;

"Freeboard" has the meaning given in annex I of ICLL. The freeboard assigned is the distance measured vertically downwards amidships from the upper edge of the deck line to the upper edge of the related load line;

"Freeboard deck" has the meaning given in annex I of ICLL. The freeboard deck is normally the uppermost complete deck exposed to the weather and sea, which has permanent means of closing all openings in the weather part thereof, and below which all openings in the sides of the ship are fitted with permanent means of watertight closing.

  In a ship having a discontinuous freeboard deck, the lowest line of the exposed deck and the continuation of that line parallel to the upper part of the deck is taken as the freeboard deck.

  At the option of the owner and subject to the approval of the Administration, a lower deck may be designated as the freeboard deck provided it is a complete and permanent deck continuous in a fore and aft direction at least between the machinery space and peak bulkheads and continuous athwartships.

  When a lower deck is designated as the freeboard deck, that part of the hull which extends above the freeboard deck is treated as a superstructure so far as concerns the application of the conditions of assignment and the calculation of freeboard.  It is from this deck that the freeboard is calculated;

"Garbage" means all kinds of victual, domestic and operational waste excluding fresh fish and parts thereof, generated during the normal operation of the vessel and liable to be disposed of continuously or periodically, except sewage originating from vessels;

"Hazardous space" means a space or compartment in which combustible or explosive gases or vapours are liable to accumulate in dangerous concentrations.

"ICLL" means the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, as amended;

"IMO" means the International Maritime Organisation, a specialised agency of the United Nations devoted to maritime affairs;

"Inflatable lifejacket" means a lifejacket complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code; 

"Instructions for on-board maintenance" means the instructions complying with the requirements of SOLAS III/Part B – Life Saving Appliances and Arrangements, Regulation 36; 

"Launching appliance" means a provision complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code for safely transferring a lifeboat, rescue boat, or liferaft respectively, from its stowed position to the water and recovery where applicable;

"Length" means 96% of the total length on a waterline of a ship at 85% of the least moulded depth measured from the top of the keel, or the length from the fore-side of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock on that waterline, if that be greater.  In ships designed with a rake of keel the waterline on which this is measured shall be parallel to the designed waterline;

"Lifeboat" means a lifeboat complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code;

"Lifebuoy" means a lifebuoy complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code;

"Lifejacket" means a lifejacket complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code;

"Liferaft" means a liferaft complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code;

"Line throwing appliance" means an appliance complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code;

"Low flame spread" means that the surface thus described will adequately restrict the spread of flame, this being determined to the satisfaction of the Administration by an established procedure;

"Machinery spaces" are all machinery spaces of category A and all other spaces containing propelling machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air conditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to such spaces;

"Machinery spaces of category A" are those spaces and trunks to such spaces which contain:

   (a) internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion; or

   (b) internal combustion machinery used for purposes other than main propulsion where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 375 Kw; or

   (c) any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit;

"Main source of electrical power" is a source intended to supply electrical power to the main switchboard for distribution to all services necessary for maintaining the ship in normal operation and habitable condition;

"Main switchboard" is a switchboard which is directly supplied by the main source of electrical power and is intended to distribute electrical energy to the ship's services;

"Main vertical zone" means those sections into which the hull, superstructure and deckhouses are divided by A class divisions, the mean length of which on any deck does not normally exceed 40 metres;

"MARPOL" means the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as amended;

"Maritime & Coastguard Agency" (MCA) means the Maritime & Coastguard Agency, an executive agency of the United Kingdom Department for Transport;

"Mile" means a nautical mile of 1852 metres;

"Motor vessel" means a vessel which is described in the register and on the certificate of registry as such, and which has a sole means of propulsion either one or more power units;

"Multihull vessel" means any vessel which in any normally achievable
   operating trim or heel angle, has a rigid hull structure which penetrates
   the surface of the sea over more than one separate or discrete area; 

"New vessel" means a vessel to which this Code applies, the keel of which was laid or the construction or lay up was started on or after the 16th December 1998;

"Owner(s) / managing agent(s)" means the registered owner(s) or the owner(s) or the managing agent(s) of the registered owner(s) or the owner(s) or owner(s) ipso facto, as the case may be;

"Person" means a person over the age of one year;

"Position 1" means upon exposed freeboard and raised quarter decks, and upon exposed superstructure decks situated forward of a point located a quarter of the ship's length from the forward perpendicular;

"Position 2" means upon exposed superstructure decks situated abaft a quarter of the ship's length from the forward perpendicular;

"Radar transponder" means a radar transponder for use in survival craft to facilitate location of survival craft in search and rescue operations;

"Recess" means an indentation or depression in a deck and which is surrounded by the deck and has no boundary common with the shell of the vessel;

"Rescue boat" means a boat complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code and designed to rescue persons in distress and for marshalling liferafts; 

"Retro-reflective material" means a material which reflects in the opposite direction a beam of light directed on it;

"Rocket parachute flare" means a pyrotechnic signal complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code;

"Safe haven" means a harbour or shelter of any kind which affords entry, subject to prudence in the weather conditions prevailing, and protection from the force of the weather;

"Sailing vessel" means a vessel designed to carry sail, whether as a sole means of propulsion or as a supplementary means;

"Self-activating smoke signal" means a signal complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code; 

"Self-igniting light" means a light complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code;
 
"Short Range Yacht" means an existing vessel under 500 GT or a new vessel under 300 GT,

  • restricted to operating in forecast or actual wind of a maximum Beaufort Force 4, and
  • within 60 nautical miles of a safehaven. (The Administration may permit operation on specified routes up to 90 nautical miles from a safehaven as appropriate);

"SOLAS" means the International Convention of Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended;

"SOLAS A pack" means a liferaft emergency pack complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code;

"SOLAS B pack" means a liferaft emergency pack complying with the requirements of the IMO International Life-Saving Appliances Code;

"Standard fire test" means a test in which specimens of the relevant bulkheads, decks or other constructions are exposed in a test furnace by a specified test method in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code.

"Superstructure" has the meaning given in annex I to ICLL;

"Survival craft" means a craft capable of sustaining the lives of persons in distress from the time of abandoning the ship;

"Training manual" with regard to life-saving appliances means a manual complying with the requirements of SOLAS III/Part B – Life Saving Appliances and Arrangements, Regulation 35; 

"Two-way VHF radiotelephone set" means a portable or a fixed VHF installation for survival craft complying with the performance standards adopted by the IMO contained in A.762(18) or any Resolution amending or replacing it which is considered by the Administration to be relevant from time to time;

"Voyage" includes an excursion;

"Watertight" means capable of preventing the passage of water in any direction;

"Weather deck" means the uppermost complete weathertight deck fitted as an integral part of the vessel's structure and which is exposed to the sea and weather;

"Weathertight" has the meaning given in annex I of ICLL. Weathertight means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the ship;

"Wheelhouse" means the control position occupied by the officer of the watch who is responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel;

"Window" means a ship's window, being any window, regardless of shape, suitable for installation aboard ships;
 

03 Application and interpretation

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

3.1  Application

3.1.1  The Code applies to a motor or sailing vessel of 24 metres in load line length and over or, if built before 21 July 1968, which is of 150 tons gross tonnage and over and which, at the time, is in commercial use for sport or pleasure and carries no cargo and no more than 12 passengers. The Code only applies to vessels of less than 3000 GT.

3.1.2  Any provision of the Code expressed in the conditional (i.e. "should") shall be a requirement.

3.1.3  Area of Operation

In general, requirements given within the Code are based on unrestricted geographical operation however, where considered appropriate, standards for vessels operating as Short Range Yachts have been included.

3.2  Equivalent Standards, Exemptions and Existing Vessels

3.2.1  Equivalent standards

  Proposals for the application of alternative standards considered to be at least equivalent to the requirements of the Code should be submitted to the Administration for approval. Equivalence may be achieved by incorporating increased requirements to balance deficiencies and thereby achieve the overall safety standard.

3.2.2  Exemptions

  Exemptions should be granted only by the Administration.

  Applications for exemption should be made to the Administration and be supported by justification for the exemption.

  The granting of exemptions will be limited by the extent to which international conventions allow and should be regarded as exceptional.

3.2.3  Existing vessels

3.2.3.1  In the case of an existing vessel which does not comply fully with the Code safety standards but for which the Code standards are reasonable and practicable, the Administration should give consideration to a proposal from the owner(s)/managing agent(s) to phase in requirements within an agreed time scale not exceeding 18 months.

3.2.3.2  When an existing vessel does not meet the Code safety standard for a particular feature and it can be demonstrated that compliance is neither reasonable nor practicable, proposals for alternative arrangements should be submitted to the Administration for approval.  In considering individual cases, the Administration should take into account the vessel's service history and any other factors which are judged to be relevant to the safety standard which can be achieved.

3.2.3.3  Generally, repairs, alterations and refurbishments should comply with the standards applicable to a new vessel.


3.3  Interpretation

Where a question of interpretation of any part of this Code arises which cannot be resolved by a delegated authority and the owner(s)/managing agent(s) for a vessel, a decision on the interpretation may be obtained on written application to Administration.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

04 Construction and strength

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective:- The purpose of this section is to ensure that all vessels are constructed to a consistent standard in respect of strength and watertight integrity. New Vessels are to be built to the requirements of one of the recognised Classification Societies listed in the National Annex and issued with a Class Certificate. Existing Vessels which are not already Classed should be taken into Class, however for vessels under 500 GT alternative arrangements for Short Range operation may be agreed by the Administration. The extent of the watertight bulkheads defined in Section 4.3, is to ensure that sufficient buoyancy is maintained by the vessel to meet the damaged stability requirements of Section 11.

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1  General Requirements

4.1.1  All vessels should have a freeboard deck.

4.1.2  All vessels should be fitted with a weather deck throughout the length of the vessel and be of adequate strength to withstand the sea and weather conditions likely to be encountered in the declared area(s) of operation.

4.1.3  The declared area(s) of operation and any other conditions which restrict the use of the vessel at sea should be recorded on the load line certificate issued to the vessel.

4.1.4  The choice of hull construction material affects fire protection requirements, for which reference should be made to section 14.

 

4.2  Structural Strength

4.2.1  For unlimited operation, all vessels must be classed.

4.2.2  For operation within the Short Range Yacht Category, all new vessels must be classed.

4.2.3  Existing un-classed vessels of less than 500GT may be considered for restricted operation within the Short Range Category.

4.2.4  Attention should be paid to local or global hull strength requirements for the provision of ballast.

 

4.3  Watertight Bulkheads

 Section 11 of the Code deals with subdivision and damage stability requirements which will determine the number and positioning of watertight bulkheads defined below.

4.3.1  Watertight bulkheads should be fitted in accordance with the following requirements.

  1. The strength of watertight bulkheads and their penetrations, and watertight integrity of the division should be in accordance with the requirements of one of the Classification Societies referred to in the National Annex.

  2. Generally, openings in watertight bulkheads should comply with the standards required for passenger vessels, as defined in SOLAS regulations II-1.

  3. Approved hinged doors may be provided for infrequently used openings in watertight compartments, where a crew member will be in immediate attendance when the door is open at sea. Audible & visual alarms should be provided in the wheelhouse.

  4. Unless otherwise required by section 4.4, watertight doors in yachts under 500GT may be approved hinged doors provided that there is an audible and visual alarm on the Bridge indicating when the door is open.  The doors are to be kept closed at sea and marked accordingly.  A time delay for the alarm is acceptable.

  5. Procedures for the operation of watertight doors should be agreed with the administration and posted in suitable locations. Watertight doors should be normally closed, with the exception of sliding watertight doors providing the normal access to frequently used living and working spaces.  Additionally when an access is unlikely to be used for lengthy periods, the door should also be closed.

4.4  Enclosed Compartments within the Hull and below the Freeboard Deck provided with Access through Openings in the Hull

4.4.1  Compartment(s) below the freeboard deck, provided for recreational purposes, oil fuelling/fresh water reception or other purposes to do with the business of the vessel and having access openings in the hull, should be bounded by watertight divisions without any opening (i.e. doors, manholes, ventilation ducts or any other opening) separating the compartment(s) from any other compartment below the freeboard deck, unless provided with sliding watertight doors complying with 4.3.1 , or for vessels under 500 GT, hinged doors complying with 4.4.2”

4.4.2   For vessels under 500 GT, openings from any other compartment below the freeboard deck may be fitted with hinged watertight doors provided;

  1. after flooding through the shell opening of the space containing the shell opening, the resultant waterline is below the sills of the internal openings in that space, or

  2. a  bilge alarms are fitted in the compartment containing the shell opening, with a visual and audible warning on the bridge, and 
    b any hinged door opens into the compartment containing the shell opening, and
    c “open” door alarms, both visual and audible fitted on the bridge, and  
    d  the door is to be fitted with a single closing mechanism, and 
    e. sill height of the internal door should be higher above the design waterline than the sill height of the shell opening.

4.4.2  Openings in the hull should comply with SOLAS regulation II-1/25-10 - External openings in cargo ships. Provision should be made to ensure that doors may be manually closed and locked in the event of power or hydraulic failure.

 

4.5  Rigging on Sailing Vessels 
  
4.5.1  General

  The condition of the rig should be monitored in accordance with a planned maintenance schedule.  The schedule should include, in particular, regular monitoring of all the gear associated with safe work aloft and on the bowsprit (see 22.3).

4.5.2  Masts and spars

4.5.2.1  Dimensions and construction materials of masts and spars should be in accordance with the requirements or recommendations of one of the Classification Societies referred to in 4.3.1.1 or a recognised national or international standard.

4.5.2.2 The associated structure for masts and spars (including fittings, decks and floors) should be constructed to effectively carry and transmit the forces involved.

4.5.3  Running and standing rigging

4.5.3.1  Wire rope used for standing rigging (stays or shrouds) should not be flexible wire rope (fibre rope core).

4.5.3.2  The strength of all blocks, shackles, rigging screws, cleats and associated fittings and attachment points should exceed the breaking strain of the associated running or standing rigging.

4.5.3.3 Chainplates for standing rigging should be constructed to effectively carry and transmit the forces involved. 

4.5.4  Sails

4.5.4.1  Adequate means of reefing or shortening sail should be provided.

4.5.4.2  Sailing vessels operating as Short Range Yachts need not carry storm canvas.

4.5.4.3  All other vessels should either be provided with separate storm sails or have specific sails designated and constructed to act as storm canvas.


 

05 Watertight integrity

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective:- This section is intended to outline standards to be achieved for weathertight integrity. As far as is as practicable the standards of the 1966 ICLL are to be adhered to. However, due consideration may be given to arrangements that provide an equivalent level of safety in respect of the risks of down flooding and green sea loading.
 

 

  

Virtual Freeboard Deck

For the purposes of this section only, where actual freeboard to the weather deck exceeds that required by ICLL 66 by at least one standard superstructure height, openings on that deck, abaft of the forward quarter, may be assumed to be in position 2. This is to be taken, unless otherwise stated, as defined in ICLL 66.

For vessels up to 75m load line length, a standard superstructure height is to be taken as 1.8m. For vessels over 125m load line length, this is to be taken as 2.3m. Superstructure heights for vessels of intermediate lengths should be obtained by interpolation.

5.1  Hatchways and Skylight Hatches

5.1.1 General requirements

5.1.1.1  All openings leading to spaces below the weather deck not capable of being closed weathertight, must be enclosed within either an enclosed superstructure or a weathertight deckhouse of adequate strength meeting with the requirements of the Load Line assigning authority.

5.1.1.2  All exposed hatchways which give access from position 1 and position 2 are to be of substantial weathertight construction and provided with efficient means of closure. Weathertight hatch covers should be permanently attached to the vessel and provided with adequate arrangements for securing the hatch closed.

5.1.1.3  Hatches which are designated for escape purposes should be provided with covers which are to be openable from either side and in the direction of escape they are to be openable without a key. All handles on the inside are to be non removable. An escape hatch should be readily identified and easy and safe to use, having due regard to its position. 

5.1.2  Hatchways which are open at sea
 
 In general, hatches should be kept closed at sea.  However, hatchways which may be kept open for access at sea are to be as small as practicable (a maximum of 1 square metre in clear area), and fitted with coamings of at least 300mm in height in positions 1 and 2. Hatchways should be as near to the centreline as practicable, especially on sailing vessels. Covers of hatchways are to be permanently attached to the hatch coamings and, where hinged, the hinges are to be located on the forward side.

 

5.2  Doorways and Companionways

5.2.1  Doorways located above the weather deck

5.2.1.1  External doors in deckhouses and superstructures that give access to spaces below the weather deck, are to be weathertight and door openings should have coaming heights of at least:

Location Vessels >24m Short Range Yachts
600mm  300mm
B 300mm 150mm
150mm  75mm
 

 

 

  

Location A     The door is in the forward quarter length of the vessel and is used when the vessel is at sea.
Location A   The door is in the forward quarter length of the vessel and is used when the vessel is at sea.
Location C The door is in a protected location aft of the forward quarter length, or an unprotected door on the first tier deck above the weather deck.

 


  

  

 

5.2.1.2  Weathertight doors should be arranged to open outwards and when located in a house side, be hinged at the forward edge.  Alternative closing arrangements will be considered providing it can be demonstrated that the efficiency of the closing arrangements and their ability to prevent the ingress of water will not impair the safety of the vessel.

5.2.1.3  An access door leading directly to the engine room from the weather deck should be fitted with a coaming of height of at least;

  Vessels >24m  Short Range Yachts
Position 1 600mm 450mm
Position 2  380mm 200mm

 

 

 

5.2.1.4  Coaming height, construction and securing standards for weathertight doors which are provided for use only when the vessel is in port or at anchor in calm sheltered waters and are locked closed when the vessel is at sea, may be considered individually.

5.2.2  Companion hatch openings

5.2.2.1  Companionway hatch openings which give access to spaces below the weather deck should be fitted with a coaming, the top of which is at least 300mm above the deck, or 150mm in the case of Short Range Yachts.
 
5.2.2.2  Washboards may be used to close the vertical opening.  When washboards are used, they should be so arranged and fitted that they will not be dislodged readily.  Whilst stowed, provisions are to be made to ensure that they are retained in a secure location.

5.2.2.3  The maximum breadth of an opening in a companion hatch should not exceed 1 metre.

5.3  Skylights

5.3.1  All skylights should be of efficient weathertight construction and should be located on or as near to the centreline of the vessel as practicable.

5.3.2 If they are of the opening type they should be provided with efficient means whereby they can be secured in the closed position.

5.3.3  Skylights which are designated for escape purposes should be openable from either side and in the direction of escape they are to be openable without a key. All handles on the inside are to be non removable. An escape skylight should be readily identified and easy and safe to use, having due regard to its position.

5.3.4  The skylight glazing material and its method of securing within the frame should meet an appropriate national or international standard. Recognised Classification Society rules for “ships” are considered to meet these requirements. Where a recognised Classification Society produces alternative rules for “pleasure vessels” or “yachts”, these are considered appropriate for Short Range Yachts.

 A minimum of one portable cover for each size of glazed opening should be provided which can be accessed rapidly and efficiently secured in the event of a breakage of the skylight.


5.4  Portlights

5.4.1  Portlights should be of strength appropriate to location in the vessel and meet an appropriate national or international standard. Recognised Classification Society rules for “ships” are considered to meet these requirements. Where a recognised Classification Society produces alternative rules for “pleasure vessels” or “yachts”, these are considered appropriate for Short Range Yachts. With regard to structural fire protection, the requirements for the construction of certain portlights should meet the requirements of Section 14A and 14B.

5.4.2  In general, all portlights fitted in locations protecting openings to spaces below the weather deck or fitted in the hull of the vessel should be provided with a permanently attached deadlight which is to be capable of securing the opening watertight in the event of a breakage of the portlight glazing.  Proposals to fit portable deadlights will be subject to special consideration and approval by the Administration, having regard for the location of the portlights and the ready availability of deadlights.  Consideration should be given to the provision of operational instructions to the Master as to when deadlights must be applied to portlights.

5.4.3  Portlights fitted in the hull of the vessel below the level of the freeboard deck should be either non-opening or of a non-readily openable type and be in accordance with a standard recognised by the administration.  The lower edge of the portlights should be at least 500mm or 2.5% of the breadth of the vessel, whichever is the greater, above the all seasons load line assigned to the vessel.  Portlights of the non readily opening type must be secured closed when the vessel is in navigation.

5.4.4  Portlights should not be fitted in the hull in way of the machinery space.

5.5  Windows

5.5.1 Windows should be of strength appropriate to their location in the vessel and meet the requirements of … or equivalent international standard. Recognised Classification Society rules for “ships” are considered to meet these requirements. Where a recognised Classification Society produces alternative rules for “pleasure vessels” or “yachts”, these are considered appropriate for Short Range Yachts.

5.5.2  For all vessels where the glazing material, glazing thickness, or fixing of the windows does not meet the requirements of a recognised standard, windows may be tested, to the satisfaction of the Administration, at a minimum of 4 times the required design pressure derived from an appropriate national or international standard. Additionally, as a minimum, calculated thicknesses should meet Classification Society requirements for pleasure vessels or yachts. For windows fitted with storm shutters, see 5.5.6, or for Short Range Yachts, test pressures may be reduced to 2.5 times the derived design pressure.

5.5.3  When using …. or equivalent, the following minimum design heads may be assumed when determining design head pressure.

First tier unprotected fronts  4.5 + L/100 metres
Second tier unprotected fronts   3.5 metres
Elsewhere  1.5 metres
 

  

5.5.4  In general, windows fitted in superstructures or weathertight deckhouses are to be substantially framed and efficiently secured to the structure. The glass is to be of the toughened safety glass type.

5.5.5  Where chemically toughened safety glass is used, windows are to be of the laminated type, the minimum depth of chemical toughening to be 30 microns on exposed faces. Regular inspections of the windows, with particular reference to the surface condition, should form part of the operational procedures and annual Class survey.

5.5.6  In general, windows should not be fitted in the main hull below the level of the freeboard deck.  Proposals to fit windows in the main hull below the level of the freeboard deck will be subject to special consideration and approval by the Administration, having regard for the location and strength of the windows and their supporting structure and, the availability of strong protective covers for the windows.  One item of the special consideration should be operational instructions to the Master as to when the strong protective covers must be applied to windows.

5.5.7  For all vessels, other than Short Range Yachts, storm shutters are required for all windows in the front and sides of first tier and front windows of the second tier of superstructures or weathertight deckhouses above the freeboard deck. Where windows are of laminated construction and their equivalent toughened safety glass thickness exceeds the requirements of the applied standard by a minimum of 30%, storm shutters need not be carried, but a blanking plate(s) is to be provided so that any window opening may be sealed in the event of glass failure. When storm shutters are interchangeable port and starboard, a minimum of 50% of each size should be provided.

5.5.8  Side and front windows to the navigating position should not be constructed of polarised or tinted glass. (See Section 18)
  
5.6  Ventilators and Exhausts

5.6.1  Adequate ventilation is to be provided throughout the vessel. The accommodation is to be protected from the entry of gas and/or vapour fumes from machinery, exhaust and fuel systems.

5.6.2  Ventilators are to be of efficient construction and provided with permanently attached means of weathertight closure. Generally, ventilators serving any space below the freeboard deck or an enclosed superstructure should have a coaming of minimum height of:

Vessels >24m Short Range Yachts
Forward quarter length 900 mm 450 mm
Elsewhere 760 mm 380 mm
 

 

 

5.6.3  Ventilators should be kept as far inboard as practicable and the height above the deck of the ventilator opening should be sufficient to prevent the ingress of water when the vessel heels.

5.6.4  The ventilation of spaces such as the machinery space, which must remain open, requires special attention with regard to the location and height of the ventilation openings above the deck, taking into account the effect of downflooding angle on stability standard. (See section 11.)

 The means of closure of ventilators serving the machinery space should be selected with regard to the fire protection and extinguishing arrangements provided in the machinery space.

5.6.5   Engine exhaust outlets which penetrate the hull below the freeboard deck should be provided with means to prevent backflooding into the hull through a damaged exhaust system. For vessels operating on unrestricted service a positive means of closure should be provided. The system should be of equivalent construction to the hull on the outboard side of the closure. For Short Range Yachts, where the fitting of a positive closure is not practicable, the exhaust should be looped up above the waterline on the outboard side of the system, to a minimum height of 1000 mm, and be of equivalent construction to the hull.

5.7  Air Pipes

5.7.1  Air pipes serving fuel and other tanks should be of efficient construction and provided with permanently attached means of weathertight closure.  Means of closure may be omitted if it can be shown that the open end of an air pipe is afforded adequate protection by other structure(s) which will prevent the ingress of water.

5.7.2  Where located on the weather deck, air pipes should be kept as far inboard as practicable and be fitted with a coaming of sufficient height to prevent inadvertent flooding. Generally, air pipes to tanks should have a minimum coaming height of:
 

Vessels >24m Short Range Yachts
On weather deck  760 mm 380 mm
Elsewhere 450 mm 225 mm

 


 

5.7.3  Air pipes to fuel tanks should terminate at a height of not less than 760mm above either, the top of the filler pipe for a gravity filling tank or, the top of the overflow tank for a pressure filling tank.

5.8  Scuppers, Sea Inlets and Discharges

 The standards of ICLL should be applied to every discharge led through the shell of the vessel as far as it is reasonable and practicable to do so, and in any case, all sea inlet and overboard discharges should be provided with efficient shut-off valves arranged in positions where they are readily accessible at all times.

5.9  Materials for Valves and Associated Piping

5.9.1  Valves which are fitted below the waterline should be of steel, bronze or other material having a similar resistance to impact and fire.

5.9.2  The associated piping should, in areas as indicated above, be of steel, bronze, copper or other equivalent material.

5.9.3  Where the use of plastic piping is proposed, it will be considered and full details of the type of piping, its intended location, and use, should be submitted for approval. Due regard should be paid to the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code.

5.9.4  The use of flexible piping in any location should be kept to a minimum compatible with the essential reason for its use.  Flexible piping and the means of joining it to its associated hard piping system should be approved as fit for the purpose.

5.10  General Equivalence

Where vessels cannot fully comply with the requirements of this section, equivalent arrangements may be considered by the Administration. Such proposals should take into account the following, although this should not be considered as an exhaustive list:

  • Openings to be kept closed at sea
  • Enhanced Bilge Pumping capacity and additional bilge alarms
  • Compliance with damage stability if not already a requirement (see Section 11)
  • Provision of dorade boxes or baffle systems to prevent direct ingress of water
  • Alternative ventilation for use in bad weather
  • Consideration of downflooding angle and reduced risk of green sea loads, i.e. protected position
  • Enhanced survey inspection regime
  • Operational Limitations
     

06 Water freeing arrangements

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-0200

Objective: This section provides for consideration of the risks of green water being shipped aboard and the resulting consequences with respect to the vessels stability and safety of personnel on deck.

 

 

  
6.1  The standards for water freeing arrangements should comply with ICLL as far as it is reasonable and practicable to do so.

 In any case the intention should be to achieve a standard of safety which is at least equivalent to the standard of ICLL.

Additionally, where a well is created on each side of the vessel between a superstructure or deckhouse, and the bulwark in way of that superstructure or deck house, the following formula may be used to determine the required freeing port areas on each side of the vessel for the well concerned:

On sailing vessels, where the solid bulwark height does not exceed 150mm, specific freeing ports, as defined above, are not required.

6.2  In individual cases, when the Administration considers that the requirements of ICLL cannot be met, the Administration may consider and approve alternative arrangements to achieve adequate safety standards. Freeing arrangements may take account of a reduced permeability and volume of the well, when compared to a full size well.

 In considering an individual case, the Administration will take into account the vessels past performance in service and the declared area(s) of operation and any other conditions which restrict the use of the vessel at sea which will be recorded on the load line certificate issued to the vessel.  (See section 4.1.)
  
6.3  Recesses

6.3.1  Any recess in the weather deck should be of weathertight construction and should be self draining under all normal conditions of heel and trim of the vessel.

 A swimming pool or spa bath open to the elements should be treated as a recess.

6.3.2  The means of drainage provided should be capable of efficient operation when the vessel is heeled to an angle of 100 in the case of a motor vessel (see 10A.2), and 300 in the case of a sailing vessel.

The drainage arrangements should have the capability of draining the recess (when fully charged with water) within 3 minutes when the vessel is upright and at the load line draught.  Means should be provided to prevent the backflow of sea water into the recess.

6.3.3  When it is not practical to provide drainage which meets the requirements of 6.3.2, alternative safety measures may be proposed for approval by the Administration. Where the above requirements for quick drainage cannot be met, the effect on intact and damage stability should be considered taking into account the mass of water and its free surface effect.


 

07a Machinery - Vessels of less than 500 GT

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective:- This section outlines the minimum requirements for Machinery Classification, which are to be in accordance with the requirements of one of the Classification Societies defined in the National Annex and should cover the minimum aspects defined below, even if the machinery is not considered the primary means of propulsion. Existing Vessels which are not already Classed should be taken into Class, however alternative arrangements for Short Range operation may be agreed by the Administration.


 

 

 

 

7A.1  General Requirements

7A.1.1  The machinery and its installation should, in general, meet with the requirements of one of the Classification Societies named in the National Annex. The Class Survey or Notation should include as a minimum, propulsion and electrical generation machinery and shafting. For existing and new vessels which operate with periodically unattended machinery spaces, the machinery and its installation should meet the standards of SOLAS regulations II-1/Part E - Additional requirements for periodically unattended machinery spaces, so far as is reasonable and practicable to do so.

 Plastic piping may be accepted where the piping and the arrangements for its use meet the requirements of the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code.

7A.1.2  The requirements for main propulsion are based upon the installation of diesel powered units. When other types of main propulsion are proposed, the arrangements and installation should be specially considered.  Where gas turbines are to be fitted, attention should be paid to the guidance contained within the IMO High-speed Craft Code, and installation is to be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

7A.1.3  Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 7A.1.1, in a fuel supply system to an engine unit, where a flexible section of piping is provided, connections should be of a screw type or equivalent approved type. Flexible pipes should be fire resistant/metal reinforced. Materials and fittings should be of a suitable recognised national or international standard.

 

7A.2  Installation

7A.2.1  Notwithstanding the requirements referred to in 7A.1, the machinery, fuel tanks and associated piping systems and fittings should be of a design and construction adequate for the service for which they are intended, and should be so installed and protected as to reduce to a minimum any danger to persons during normal movement about the vessel, with due regard being made to moving parts, hot surfaces, and other hazards.

7A.2.2  Means should be provided to isolate any source of fuel which may feed a fire in an engine space fire situation.  A fuel shut-off valve(s) should be provided which is capable of being closed from a position outside the engine space.  The valve(s) should be fitted as close as possible to the fuel tank(s).

7A.2.3  All external high pressure fuel delivery lines between the high pressure fuel pumps and fuel nozzles should be protected with a jacketed tubing system capable of containing fuel resulting from a high-pressure line failure. The jacketed tubing system should include means for collection of leakage and arrangements should be provided for an alarm to be given in the event of a fuel line failure.

7A.2.4  When a glass fuel level gauge is fitted it should be of the "flat glass" type with self closing valves between the gauge and the tank.


 

07b Machinery - Vessels of 500 GT and over

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective: This section outlines the minimum requirements for Machinery Classification, which are to be in accordance with the requirements of one of the Classification Societies defined in the National Annex. The Class Notation should cover the minimum aspects defined within this chapter even if the machinery is not considered the primary means of propulsion.

 

 

 

 

7B.1  For existing and new vessels the machinery and its installation should meet the standards of SOLAS regulations II-1/Part C Machinery installations and II-1/Part E - Additional requirements for periodically unattended machinery spaces, so far as is reasonable and practicable to do so.

7B.2  In any case the intention should be to achieve a standard of safety which is at least equivalent to the standard of SOLAS.  Equivalence may be achieved by incorporating increased requirements to balance deficiencies and thereby achieve the required overall standard.

7B.3  Where gas turbines are to be fitted, attention should be paid to the guidance contained within the IMO High-speed Craft Code, and installation is to be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

 

08a Electrical installations - Vessels of less than 500 GT

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective: This section outlines the minimum requirements for Electrical Classification, which are to be in accordance with the requirements of one of the Classification Societies defined in the National Annex, and should cover the minimum aspects defined below. For sailing vessels, this should also cover the elements necessary to ensure safety of the vessel including control of the sails, where appropriate. Existing Vessels which are not already Classed should be taken into Class, however alternative arrangements for Short Range operation may be agreed by the Administration.

 

 

 

 

 

 

8A.1  Installation

8A.1.1  Particular attention should be paid to the provision of overload and short circuit protection of all circuits, except engine starting circuits supplied from batteries.

8A.1.2  Electrical devices working in potentially hazardous areas, into which petroleum vapour or other hydrocarbon gas may leak, should be of a type certified safe for the hazard.

 

8A.2  Lighting

8A.2.1  Lighting circuits, including those for emergency lighting, should be distributed through the spaces so that a total blackout cannot occur due to failure of a single protective device

8A.2.2  An emergency source of lighting should be provided which should be independent of the general lighting system. This source should be sufficient for up to 3 hours duration and should include navigation light supplies. The lighting is to provide sufficient lighting for personnel to escape from the accommodation or working spaces to their muster station, and launch and board survival craft. Additionally, this light, supplemented by torches, should be sufficient to permit emergency repairs to machinery, etc. The emergency source of power should be independent of the main power supply, external to the engine room, and with separate distribution.

 

8A.3  Batteries

Batteries of a type suitable for marine use and not liable to leakage should be used. Areas in which batteries are stowed should be provided with adequate ventilation to prevent an accumulation of gas which is emitted from batteries of all types. Reference should also be made to Section 14.1.5.
 

08b Electrical installations - Vessels of 500 GT and over

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective: This section outlines the minimum requirements for Electrical Classification, which are to be in accordance with the requirements of one of the Classification Societies defined in the National Annex, and should cover the minimum aspects defined below. For sailing vessels, this should also cover the elements necessary to ensure safety of the vessel including control of the sails, where appropriate.

 

 

 

 

8B.1  The electrical equipment and its installation should meet the standards of SOLAS regulations II-1/Part D - Electrical installations and II-1/Part E - Additional requirements for periodically unattended machinery spaces, where appropriate, so far as it is reasonable and practicable to do so.
 
8B.2  The emergency generator, if fitted, should be located above the uppermost continuous deck but may be located below this deck provided it is protected from the effects of fire and flooding. In all cases, the emergency generator should be separated from main generators and main switchboard by a division capable of ensuring its continued operation. The emergency generator should be readily accessible from the open deck.

09a Steering gear - Vessels of less than 500 GT

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective:- This section outlines the minimum requirements for Steering Gear Classification, which are to be in accordance with the requirements of a recognised Classification Society. The Class Notation or Survey should cover the minimum aspects defined within this chapter. Due regard is to be paid to the requirements for emergency steering.

 

 

 

 

9A.1 General Requirements

 The steering gear and its installation should, in general, meet with the requirements of one of the Classification Societies named in the National Annex.

 In the event that the above requirements cannot be met on an existing vessel, the Administration may be requested to consider and approve alternative arrangements to achieve adequate safety standards.

9A.2 Vessels should be provided with means for directional control of adequate strength and suitable design to enable the heading and direction of travel to be effectively controlled at all operating speeds. When appropriate to the safe steering of the vessel, the steering gear should be power operated in accordance with the requirements of the Administration.

9A.3 When the steering gear is fitted with remote control, arrangements should be made for emergency steering in the event of a failure of such control.

09b Steering gear - Vessels of 500 GT and over

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective: This section outlines the minimum requirements for Steering Gear Classification, which are to be in accordance with the requirements a recognised Classification Society. The Class Notation should cover the minimum aspects defined within this chapter. Due regard is to be paid to the requirements for emergency steering.

 

 

 

 

For existing and new vessels, the steering gear and its installation should meet the standards of SOLAS regulations II-1/Part C - Machinery installations, so far as it is reasonable and practicable to do so.

In any case, the intention should be to achieve a standard of safety which is at least equivalent to the standard of SOLAS. Equivalence may be achieved by incorporating increased requirements to balance deficiencies and thereby achieve the required overall standard.

 

10a Bilge pumping - Vessels of less than 500 GT

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective: This section outlines the minimum requirements for Bilge Pumping Classification, which are to be in accordance with the requirements of a recognised Classification Society. The Class Notation should cover the minimum aspects defined within this chapter. The principle objective of this section is that in the event of one compartment being flooded, which may or not be the engine room, there is an ability to control any leakage to adjacent compartments.

 

 

 

 


10A.1  General Requirements

 The bilge pumping equipment and its installation should, in general, meet with the requirements of a recognised Classification Society. Either the vessel should be in class or a statement of compliance issued by one of the Societies should be provided to the Administration

 In the event that the above requirements cannot be met on an existing vessel, the Administration may be requested to consider and alternative arrangements to achieve adequate safety standards.

10A.2 All vessels should be provided with at least two fixed and independently powered pumps, with suction pipes so arranged that any compartment can be effectively drained when the vessel is heeled to an angle of 10°. For Short Range Yachts, the second pump and suction pipes may be portable.

10A.3 The location of pumps, their individual power supplies and controls, including those for bilge valves, should be such that in event of any one compartment being flooded another pump is available to control any leakage to adjacent compartments.

10A.4 Each bilge pump suction line should be fitted with an efficient strum box.

10A.5 In the case of a vessel where the propulsion machinery space may be unmanned at any time, a bilge level alarm should be fitted.  The alarm should provide an audible and visual warning in the Master's cabin and in the wheelhouse. The audible and visual alarm may be accepted elsewhere if it is considered that such a location may be more appropriate.

10A.6 Pumping and piping arrangements for bilges into which fuel or other oils of similar or higher fire risk could collect, under either normal or fault conditions, should be kept clear of accommodation spaces and separate from accommodation bilge systems. Bilge level alarms meeting the requirements of 10A.5 should be fitted to all such bilges.

 

10b Bilge pumping - Vessels of 500 GT and over

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective: This section outlines the minimum requirements for Bilge Pumping Classification, which are to be in accordance with the requirements of one of the Classification Societies defined in section 3. The Class Notation should cover the minimum aspects defined within this chapter. The principle objective of this section is that in the event of one compartment being flooded, which may or not be the engine room, there is an ability to control any leakage to adjacent compartments.

 

 

 

 

 For all vessels, the bilge pumping and its installation should as a minimum meet the cargo vessel standards of SOLAS regulations II-1/Part B - Subdivision and stability Regulation 21.

 In any case, the intention should be to achieve a standard of safety which is at least equivalent to the standard of SOLAS.  Equivalence may be achieved by incorporating increased requirements to balance deficiencies and thereby achieve the required overall standard.

 A minimum of 2 pumps should be provided. The capacity of the pumps and the size of the bilge main and branches should meet the capacity requirements for passenger ships contained in SOLAS.

 In addition the minimum requirements for vessels of less than 500 GT contained at 10A, should also be met.

 

 

11 Stability

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective: This section outlines the minimum requirements for Intact and Damage stability for both Motor and Sailing Vessels. For vessel less than 85m Load Line length, a minor damage methodology is adopted in which damage is assumed not to occur on any bulkhead, deck, or other watertight boundary.

 

 

 


11.1  General

11.1.1 This section deals with the standards for both intact and damaged stability.

11.1.2 An intact stability standard proposed for assessment of a vessel type not covered by the standards defined in the Code should be submitted to the Administration for approval at the earliest opportunity.

11.1.3 If used, permanent ballast should be located in accordance with a plan approved by the Administration and in a manner that prevents shifting of position. Permanent ballast should not be removed from the ship or relocated within the ship without the approval of the Administration. Permanent ballast particulars should be noted in the ship's stability booklet. Attention should be paid to local or global hull strength requirements from the fitting of additional ballast.

11.2 Intact Stability Standards

11.2.1 Motor vessels

11.2.1.1 Monohull Vessels

 The curves of statical stability for seagoing conditions should meet the following criteria:-

  1. the area under the righting lever curve (GZ curve) should not be less than 0.055 metre-radians up to 30o angle of heel and not less than 0.09 metre-radians up to 40o angle of heel, or the angle of downflooding, if this angle is less;

  2. the area under the GZ curve between the angles of heel of 30o and 40o or between 30o and the angle of downflooding if this is less than 40o, should not be less than 0.03 metre-radians;

  3. the righting lever (GZ) should be at least 0.20 metres at an angle of heel equal to or greater than 30o;

  4. the maximum GZ should occur at an angle of heel of preferably exceeding 30o but not less than 25o;

  5. after correction for free surface effects, the initial metacentric height (GM) should not be less than 0.15 metres; and

  6. In the event that the vessels intact stability standard fails to comply with the criteria defined in .1 to .5 the Administration may be consulted for the purpose of specifying alternative but equivalent criteria.

11.2.1.2 Monohull Vessels operating as Short Range Yachts

 Where Short Range Yachts are unable to meet the criteria above, the following criteria may be used:-

  1. the area under the righting lever curve (GZ curve) should not be less than 0.07 metre-radians up to 15o angle of heel, when maximum GZ occurs at 15°, and 0.055 metre-radians up to 30o angle of heel, when maximum GZ occurs at 30° or above. Where the maximum GZ occurs at angles of between 15° and 30°, the corresponding area under the GZ curve, Areq should be taken as follows:-


  2. the area under the GZ curve between the angles of heel of 30o and 40o or between 30o and the angle of downflooding if this is less than 40o, should not be less than 0.03 metre-radians;

  3. the righting lever (GZ) should be at least 0.20 metres at an angle of heel equal to or greater than 30o;

  4. the maximum GZ should occur at an angle of heel not less than 15°;

  5. after correction for free surface effects, the initial metacentric height (GM) should not be less than 0.15 metres.

11.2.1.3 Multi-hulls

 The curves of statical stability for seagoing conditions should meet the following criteria:-

  1. the area under the righting lever curve (GZ curve) should not be less than 0.075 metre-radians up to an angle of 20o when the maximum righting lever (GZ) occurs at 20o and, not less than 0.055 metre-radians up to an angle of 30o when the maximum righting lever (GZ) occurs at 30o or above.  When the maximum GZ occurs at angles between 20o and 30o the corresponding area under the GZ curve, Areq should be taken as follows:-


  2. the area under the GZ curve between the angles of heel of 30o and 40o or between 30o and the angle of downflooding if this is less than 40o, should not be less than 0.03 metre-radians;

  3. the righting lever (GZ) should be at least 0.20 metres at an angle of heel where it reaches its maximum;

  4. the maximum GZ should occur at an angle of heel not less than 20o;

  5. after correction for free surface effects, the initial metacentric height (GM) should not be less than 0.15 metres; and

  6. if the maximum righting lever (GZ) occurs at an angle of less than 20o approval of the stability should be considered by the Administration as a special case.

11.2.1.4 For the purpose of assessing whether the stability criteria are met, GZ curves should be produced for the loading conditions applicable to the operation of the vessel.

11.2.1.5 Superstructures

11.2.1.5.1 The buoyancy of enclosed superstructures complying with regulation 3(10)(b) of the ICLL may be taken into account when producing GZ curves.

11.2.1.5.2 Superstructures, the doors of which do not comply with the requirements of                               regulation 12 of ICLL , should not be taken into account.  

11.2.1.6 High Speed Vessels

 In addition to the criteria above, designers and builders should address the following hazards which are known to effect vessels operating in planing modes or those achieving relatively high speeds:-

  1. directional instability, often coupled to roll and pitch instabilities;

  2. bow diving of planing vessels due to dynamic loss of longitudinal stability in calm seas;

  3. reduction in transverse stability with increasing speed in monohulls;

  4. porpoising of planing monohulls being coupled with pitch and heave oscillations;

  5. generation of capsizing moments due to immersion of chines in planing monohulls (chine tripping).


11.2.2 Sailing vessels

11.2.2.1 Monohulls

  1. Curves of statical stability (GZ curves) for at least the Loaded Departure with 100% consumables and the Loaded Arrival with 10% consumables should be produced.

  2. The GZ curves required by .1 should have a positive range of not less than 90o.  For vessels of more than 45m, a range of less than 90o may be considered but may be subject to agreed operational criteria .

  3. In addition to the requirements of .2, the angle of steady heel should be greater than 15 degrees (see figure). The angle of steady heel is obtained from the intersection of a "derived wind heeling lever" curve with the GZ curve required by .1.

  In the figure:-

  'dwhl' = the "derived wind heeling lever" at any angle q°

  

Noting that:-

 

All regularly used openings for access and for ventilation should be considered when determining the downflooding angle.  No opening regardless of size which may lead to progressive flooding should be immersed at an angle of heel of less than 40°.  Air pipes to tanks can, however, be disregarded.

 If as a result of immersion of openings in a superstructure a vessel cannot meet the required standard those superstructure openings may be ignored and the openings in the weather deck used instead to determine qf.  In such cases the GZ curve should be derived without the benefit of the buoyancy of the superstructure.

 It might be noted that provided the vessel complies with the requirements of 11.2.2.1.1, 11.2.2.1.2 and 11.2.2.1.3 and is sailed with an angle of heel which is no greater than the 'derived angle of heel', it should be capable of withstanding a wind gust equal to 1.4 times the actual wind velocity (i.e. twice the actual wind pressure) without immersing the 'down flooding openings', or heeling to an angle greater than 60°.

11.2.2.3 Multi-hull

  1. Curves of statical stability in both roll and pitch shall be prepared for at least the Loaded Arrival with 10% consumables. The VCG shall be obtained by one of the three methods listed below:-
    1. inclining of complete craft in air on load cells, the VCG being calculated from the moments generated by the measured forces, or

    2. separate determination of weights of hull and rig (comprising masts and all running and standing rigging), and subsequent calculation assuming that the hull VCG is 75% of the hull depth above the bottom of the canoe body, and that the VCG of the rig is at half the length of the mast (or a weighted mean of the lengths of more than one mast), or

    3. a detailed calculation of the weight and CG position of all components of the vessel, plus a 15% margin of the resulting VCG height above the underside of canoe body.
  2. if naval architecture software is used to obtain a curve of pitch restoring moments, then the trim angle must be found for a series of longitudinal centre of gravity (LCG) positions forward of that necessary for the design waterline. The curve can then be derived as follows: 




    Approximations to maximum roll or pitch moments are not acceptable.
  3. Data shall be provided to the user showing the maximum advised mean apparent wind speed appropriate to each combination of sails, such wind speeds being calculated as the lesser of the following:



    Where:



    This data shall be accompanied by the note:
     In following winds, the tabulated safe wind speed for each sail combination should be reduced by the boat speed.

  4. If the maximum safe wind speed under full fore-and-aft sail is less than 27 knots, it shall be demonstrated by calculation using annex D of ISO 12217-2 (2002) that, when inverted and/or fully flooded, the volume of buoyancy, expressed in cubic metres (m3), in the hull, fittings and equipment is greater than:

    1.2 x (fully loaded mass in tonnes)

    thus ensuring that it is sufficient to support the mass of the fully loaded vessel by a margin. Allowance for trapped bubbles of air (apart from dedicated air tanks and watertight compartments) shall not be included.

  5. The maximum safe wind speed with no sails set calculated in accordance with .3 above should exceed 36 knots. For Short Range Yachts this wind speed should exceed 32 knots

  6. Trimarans used for unrestricted operations should have sidehulls each having a total buoyant volume of at least 150% of the displacement volume in the fully loaded condition.

  7. The stability information booklet shall include information and guidance on:
    1. the stability hazards to which these craft are vulnerable, including the risk of capsize in roll and/or pitch;
    2. the importance of complying with the maximum advised apparent wind speed information supplied;
    3. the need to reduce the tabulated safe wind speeds by the vessel speed in following winds;
    4. the choice of sails to be set with respect to the prevailing wind strength, relative wind direction, and sea state;
    5. the precautions to be taken when altering course from a following to a beam wind.

  8. In vessels required to demonstrate the ability to float after inversion (according to .3 above), an emergency escape hatch shall be fitted to each main inhabited watertight compartment such that it is above both upright and inverted waterlines.


11.3 Damaged Stability

  The following requirements are applicable to all vessels, other than those operating as Short Range Yachts. Whilst Short Range Yachts are not required to meet the damage stability criteria defined above, ultimate survivability after minor damage or flooding is recommended.

  It should be noted that compliance with the damage stability criteria is not required for vessels that obtain full compliance with the ICLL conditions of assignment.

11.3.1  The watertight bulkheads of the vessel should be so arranged that minor hull damage that results in the free flooding of any one compartment, will cause the vessel to float at a waterline which, at any point, is not less than 75mm below the weather deck, or bulkhead deck if not concurrent. 

11.3.2  Minor damage should be assumed to occur anywhere in the length of the vessel, but not on a watertight bulkhead.

11.3.3  Standard permeabilities should be used in this assessment, as follows:-

 

SpacePercentage Permeability
Stores60
Stores but not a substantial quantity thereof95
Accommodation 95
Machinery 85

 

 

 

 

11.3.4 In the damaged condition, considered in 11.3.1, the residual stability should be such that any angle of equilibrium does not exceed 7° from the upright, the resulting righting lever curve has a range to the downflooding angle of at least 15° beyond any angle of equilibrium, the maximum righting lever within that range is not less than 100mm and the area under the curve is not less than 0.015 metre radians.

11.3.5   A vessel of 85 metres and above should meet a SOLAS 1-compartment standard of subdivision, calculated using the deterministic damage stability methodology.


11.4  Elements of Stability

11.4.1  Unless otherwise specified, the lightship weight, vertical centre of gravity (KG) and longitudinal centre of gravity (LCG) of a vessel should be determined from the results of an inclining experiment.

11.4.2  An inclining experiment should be conducted in accordance with a detailed standard which is approved by the Administration and, in the presence of an authorised surveyor.

11.4.3  The report of the inclining experiment and the lightship particulars derived should be approved by the Administration prior to its use in stability calculations.

  At the discretion of the owner(s)/managing agent(s) and prior to approval of the lightship particulars by the Administration, a margin for safety may be applied to the lightship weight and KG calculated after the inclining experiment. Such a margin should be clearly identified and recorded in the stability booklet.

  A formal record should be kept in the stability booklet of alterations or modifications to the vessel for which the effects on lightship weight and vertical centres of gravity are offset against of the margin.

11.4.4  When sister vessels are built at the same shipyard, the Administration may accept a lightweight check on subsequent vessels to corroborate the results of the inclining experiment conducted on the lead vessel of the class.

 

11.5  Stability Documents

11.5.1  A vessel should be provided with a stability information booklet for the Master, that is to be approved by the Administration.

11.5.2  The content, form and presentation of information contained in the stability information booklet should be based on the model booklet for the vessel type (motor or sailing) published by/for the Administration.

11.5.3  A vessel with previously approved stability information which undergoes a major refit or alterations should be subjected to a complete reassessment of stability and provided with newly approved stability information.

  A major refit or major alteration is one which results in either a change in the lightship weight of 2% and above and/or the longitudinal centre of gravity of 1% and above (measured from the aft perpendicular) and/or the calculated vertical centre of gravity rises by 0.25% and above (measured from the keel).

  Additionally, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that no major change has occurred, a lightweight check should be carried out at the renewal survey required by 28.4.1.

11.5.4  Sailing vessels should have, readily available,  a copy of the Curves of Maximum Steady Heel Angle to Prevent Downflooding in Squalls, or in the case of a multihull, the values of maximum advised mean apparent windspeed, for the reference of the watchkeeper. This should be a direct copy taken from that contained in the approved stability booklet.

11.5.5  The overall sail area and spar weights and dimensions should be as documented in the vessel's stability information booklet.  Any rigging modifications that increase the overall sail area, or the weight/dimensions of the rig aloft, must be accompanied by an approved updating of the stability information booklet.

11.5.6  For Short Range Yachts, where the damage stability has not been assessed, the following note should be added to the approved stability booklet;

“This vessel has not been assessed for damage stability, and therefore might not remain afloat in the event of damage or flooding.”

 

 

12 Freeboard

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective: The purpose of this section is to ensure that all vessels are assigned a freeboard in accordance with ICLL 1966. This section also outlines the requirements for draught marks to enable trim to be readily calculated.
 

 

 

12.1 General

12.1.1 The freeboard for the vessel and its marking should be approved by the Assigning Authority for the assignment of freeboard and issue of the International Load Line Certificate (1966).

12.1.2 Vessels should comply with ICLL for the assignment of a freeboard mark which corresponds to the deepest loading condition included in the stability information booklet for the vessel.

12.1.3 The freeboard assigned should be compatible with the strength of hull structure, intact and damage stability requirements for the vessel, and is to ensure minimum bow height requirements are met.

12.1.4 The Assigning Authority should provide the owner(s)/managing agent(s) of the vessel with a copy of the particulars of the freeboard assigned and a copy of the record of particulars relating to the conditions of assignment.

 

12.2 Freeboard Mark and Loading

12.2.1 The freeboard mark applied should be positioned port and starboard at amidships on the load line length and may be an all-seasons mark. The mark should be a permanent disc and be of contrasting colour to the hull of the vessel in way of the mark.

12.2.2 The fresh water freeboard allowance should be obtained by deducting from the all-seasons freeboard assigned, the quantity

    

 Alternatively the deduction may be taken as 1/48th of the all-seasons draught of the ship at amidships.

12.2.3 A vessel should not operate in any condition which will result in its appropriate freeboard marks being submerged when it is at rest and upright in calm water.

 

12.3 Datum Draught Marks

12.3.1 Datum draught marks should be provided at the bow and stern, port and starboard, and be adequate for assessing the condition and trim of the vessel. Such draught marks may be single datum lines.

12.3.2 The marks should be permanent and easily read but need not be of contrasting colour to the hull.  The marks need not indicate more than one draught at each position and should be above, but within 1000mm, of the deepest load waterline.

12.3.3 The draught to which marks relate should be indicated either above the mark on the hull and/or in the stability information booklet for the vessel. The position of the marks should be verified at initial placement by the Administration or the vessel’s Assigning Authority.


 

 

 

 

 

 

13 Life-saving appliances

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective: The purpose of this section is to ensure that all vessels are equipped with the minimum essential LSA equipment appropriate to yacht operations. The basic provision is for the principles of SOLAS to be met, however, some sections have been identified where alternative standards can be accepted, where appropriate.
 

 

 


13.1  General Requirements

13.1.1  Life-Saving Appliances should be provided in accordance with Table 1 - Life-Saving Appliances.

13.1.2  All equipment fitted should be of a type which has been accepted by the Administration as complying with IMO Lifesaving Appliances Code and IMO Resolution MSC.81(70).

13.1.3  Additional life-saving equipment which is provided should meet the requirements of 13.1.2.

 When personal safety equipment is provided for use in water sports activities, arrangements for its stowage should ensure that it will not be used mistakenly as life-saving equipment in an emergency situation.

13.1.4  All life-saving equipment carried should be fitted with retro-reflective material in accordance with the recommendations of IMO Resolution A.658(16) as amended.

13.1.5  Liferaft embarkation arrangements should comply with the following:

  1. Where the distance between the embarkation deck and the top of the liferaft buoyancy tube exceeds 1 metre with the vessel in its lightest condition, an embarkation ladder is to be provided. A means for fastening is to be provided and ladders are to be readily available for use at all times.

  2.  Where the distance between the embarkation deck and the top of the liferaft buoyancy tube exceeds 4.5 metres with the vessel in its lightest condition, davit launched liferafts and at least one launching appliance for launching are to be provided on each side of the vessel.

13.1.6  Falls for launching devices are to comply with IMO Lifesaving Appliances Code. When falls are of stainless steel, they should be renewed at intervals not exceeding the service life recommended by the manufacturer, or where no service life is stated be treated as galvanised steel falls. Falls of alternative materials may be considered by the Administration.

13.1.7  Every inflatable or rigid inflatable rescue boat, inflatable boat, inflatable liferaft and hydrostatic release unit should be serviced, at intervals not exceeding 12 months, at a service station approved by the manufacturer. Hydrostatic release units which have been approved for a service life of 2 years and which should be replaced at the end of their life, need not be serviced after 1 year.

13.1.8  Maintenance of equipment should be carried out in accordance with the instructions for onboard maintenance.

13.1.9  The stowage and installation of all life-saving appliances is to be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

13.1.10 All life-saving appliances should be in working order and be ready for immediate use at the commencement of, and at all times during, the voyage.

13.1.11 For a vessel equipped with stabiliser fins or having other projections at the sides of the hull, special consideration should be given, and provisions made, as necessary to avoid possible interference with the safe evacuation of the vessel in an emergency.

13.1.12 Means should be provided to prevent overboard discharge of water into survival craft.

Table 1 - Life-Saving Appliances

Vessel size

Short
Range
Yacht

= 24m = 500 GT = 85m

 LIFEBOATS  (see 13.2.1)

YES
LIFERAFTS   (see 13.2.2)  YES YES YES YES
MANOVERBOARD RECOVERY SYSTEM (see 13.2.3.3)  YES
RESCUE BOAT   (see 13.2.3)  YES YES YES
LIFEJACKETS   (see 13.2.4)  YES YES YES YES
IMMERSION SUITS   (see 13.2.5)  YES YES YES YES/2/0
LIFEBUOYS (TOTAL)  4 4 8 8
LIFEBUOYS WITH LIGHT AND SMOKE (see 13.2.6.1) 2 2 2 2
LIFEBUOYS WITH LIGHT 2 2
 LIFEBUOYS WITH BUOYANT  LIFELINE (see 13.2.6.2) 2 2 2 2
SET OF LINE THROWING APPLIANCES  (4 lines plus 4 charges) 1 1 1 1
ROCKET PARACHUTE FLARES  6 6 12 12
TWO-WAY RADIOTELEPHONE  SETS 2 2 2 3
EPIRB    (see 13.2.7) 1 1 1 1
SART     (see 13.2.8) 1 1 2 2
GENERAL ALARM   (see 13.2.9) YES YES YES YES
LIGHTING    (see13.2.10)  YES YES YES YES
POSTERS AND SIGNS SHOWING SURVIVAL CRAFT AND EQUIPMENT OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS  YES YES YES YES
TRAINING MANUAL  YES YES YES YES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR ONBOARD MAINTENANCE  YES YES YES YES
LIFESAVING SIGNALS AND RESCUE POSTER - SOLAS No 1 IN WHEELHOUSE  (see 13.2.11) YES YES YES YES
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


13.2  Equipment Carriage Requirements

13.2.1  Lifeboats (Required for vessels over 85m in length)

13.2.1.1 When lifeboats are required to be carried their acceptance is conditional upon the provision of suitable stowage and launching arrangements.

13.2.1.2 When lifeboats are provided on each side of the vessel, the lifeboat(s) on each side should be of capacity to accommodate the total number of persons onboard.

13.2.1.3 Alternative arrangements to the carriage of lifeboats may be considered as indicated below:

  1. substitution of lifeboats by liferafts where the vessel complies with a SOLAS 2-compartment subdivision standard; or

  2. substitution of lifeboats by a sufficient number of davit launched liferafts such that in the event of any one liferaft being lost or rendered unserviceable, sufficient aggregate capacity remains on either side of the vessel for all persons on board. Additionally one approved rescue boat should be provided on either side of the vessel.


13.2.1.4 A lifeboat will also be acceptable as a rescue boat provided it also meets the requirements of IMO Lifesaving Appliances Code as a rescue boat.

13.2.2  Liferafts

13.2.2.1 The liferafts carried are to be stowed in GRP containers and must contain the necessary "emergency pack". For Short Range Yachts, or vessels operating within 60 miles from a safehaven, liferafts provided may be equipped with a "SOLAS B PACK".  For all other vessels, liferafts should be equipped with a "SOLAS A PACK".

13.2.2.2 Liferaft approval includes approval of their stowage, launching and float-free arrangements.

13.2.2.3  For vessels of less than 85m in length, or those complying with 13.2.1.3, a sufficient number of liferafts should be provided so that in the event of any one liferaft being lost or rendered unserviceable, sufficient aggregate capacity remains on either side of the vessel for all persons on board. This may be achieved by transferring liferafts from one side to the other. Where liferafts are transferable, this requirement may be met by the ability of the rafts to be transferred within 5 minutes, as below:

  Liferafts of 6 - 15 persons capacity to be carried by 2 persons
  Liferafts of more than 15 persons capacity to be carried by 4 persons.

13.2.2.4 When lifeboats are provided in accordance with 13.2.1.2, sufficient liferafts are to be provided such that in the event of any one lifeboat being lost or rendered unserviceable, sufficient aggregate liferaft capacity remains on either side of the vessel for all persons onboard.  Where liferafts are transferable, this requirement may be met by the ability of the rafts to be transferred within 5 minutes, as detailed in 13.2.2.3.

13.2.2.5 GRP containers containing liferafts should be stowed on the weatherdeck or in an open space and fitted with hydrostatic release units so that the liferafts will float free of the vessel and automatically inflate.

13.2.2.6 Liferafts may form part of an approved Marine Evacuation System (MES). A sufficient number of systems should be provided, such that In the event of any one entire system being lost or rendered unserviceable, sufficient aggregate capacity remains on either side of the vessel for all persons on board.

13.2.2.7  For vessels operating with reduced personnel aboard, attention is drawn to the dangers associated with the use of large capacity liferafts with small numbers of persons embarked.

 

13.2.3  Rescue Boats and Recovery of Persons from the Sea

Means should be provided for the recovery of a person from the sea to the vessel and it should be assumed that the person is unconscious or unable to assist in the rescue. This requirement is satisfied by the following sections as appropriate to the size of the vessel. If an overside boarding ladder or scrambling net is provided the ladder or net should extend from the weather deck to at least 600mm below the lowest operational waterline.

All rescue boats covered within this section are to be equipped to the requirements of the IMO Lifesaving Appliance Code Ch V/5.1.2. Additionally, rescue boats need not be capable of being launched from both sides, and means to lower the boat from within the boat is not required.

13.2.3.1 Vessels of 500 GT and over

 All vessels of 500 GT and over should be provided with a rescue boat meeting SOLAS requirements.
  
  The launching appliances should comply and be approved in accordance with the IMO Lifesaving Appliance Code except that when a power operated crane is fitted, it should be capable of operation either by hand or by an emergency source of power in the event of a main power failure. The routing of the emergency source of power should be considered in respect of damaged waterlines and fire.

13.2.3.2 Vessels under 500 GT

Vessels under 500 GT should be provided with a rescue boat either meeting the requirements of 13.2.3.1 or the following:
 
 A boat which is not SOLAS approved but which is suitable for rescue purposes. The boat may be rigid, rigid inflatable, or inflatable, and should have a capacity for not less than 4 persons, one of which should be assumed to be lying down. Tubes of rigid inflatable or inflatable boats should have a minimum of 3 buoyancy compartments. The boat is to be capable of displaying a highly visible colour. If stowed in a grab bag, required equipment need not be permanently stowed in the boat.

Launching appliances should be either of an approved type or comply with the following requirements:

 The appliance should be able to launch the boat within 5 minutes. When a power operated device is fitted, it should be capable of operation either by hand or by an emergency source of power in the event of a main power failure. The routing of the emergency source of power should be considered in respect of damaged waterlines and fire. The launching appliance and its attachments should be constructed to withstand a static proof load on test of not less than 2.2 times the maximum working load. Acceptable factors of safety are 6 for wires, hooks and sheaves, and 4.5 for the remainder of the launching appliance. The appliance and its attachments should also be tested dynamically to 1.1 times the working load. It should be noted that there is no requirement to recover the rescue boat provided that the casualty and the boat’s crew can be recovered on board from the boat in the water.

The design of the falls and winch system should take account of the principles of IMO Lifesaving Appliances Code Ch VI/6.1.2

Where it is proposed to use the running rigging on sailing vessels, the above requirements should also be met

13.2.3.3 Short Range Yachts

 Vessels operating as Short Range Yachts should comply either comply with requirements of 13.2.3.1 or 13.2.3.2, or the following:

 The vessel should have sufficient mobility and manoeuvrability in a seaway to enable persons to be retrieved from the water. For assessing this ability it is not considered acceptable to retrieve persons over the stern of the vessel or adjacent to the propeller(s). The recovery location should be visible from the conning position at all times during the recovery, although this may be achieved by the use of remote controls where necessary.

 The vessel should be provided with suitable equipment and/or arrangements to enable the person(s) to be recovered without further persons entering the water. 

  
13.2.4  Lifejackets

13.2.4.1 One adult SOLAS approved lifejacket should be provided for each person onboard plus spare adult lifejackets sufficient for at least 10% of the total number of persons onboard or two, whichever is the greater.  Each lifejacket should be fitted with a light and whistle.

13.2.4.2 Included in the above number of lifejackets there should be at least two SOLAS approved inflatable lifejackets for use of the crew of any rescue boat or inflatable boat carried on board.

13.2.4.3 In addition to the adult lifejackets, a sufficient number of children's lifejackets should be provided for children carried on the vessel.

13.2.5  Immersion Suits

13.2.5.1 One approved immersion suit should be provided for each person onboard.

  However, these need not be provided if:

  (a) totally enclosed or partially enclosed lifeboats are fitted; or

  (b) davit launched liferafts are provided; or

  (c) the vessel is operating in water of surface temperatures of 20°C or more.
 
 In the case of a vessel which is provided with means for dry-shod emergency evacuation covered by (a) or (b), sufficient suits should be provided for use by the crew of the rescue boat (see 13.2.2).

13.2.6  Lifebuoys

13.2.6.1 Lifebuoys port and starboard provided with combined self-igniting light and self-activating smoke signals should be capable of quick deployment from the navigating bridge.

13.2.6.2 The attached buoyant lifeline required on each of two of the lifebuoys is to have a minimum length of 30 metres.

13.2.6.3 Each lifebuoy should be marked with the vessels name and Port of Registry.

 

13.2.7  EPIRB

 An approved EPIRB should be installed in an easily accessible position ready to be manually released, capable of being placed in a survival craft and floating free if the vessel sinks. All EPIRBs should be registered with the Administration.

13.2.8  Radar Transponders (SART)

 The SART is to be stowed in an easily accessible position so that it can rapidly be placed in any survival craft. Means should be provided in order that it can be mounted in the survival craft at a height of at least 1 metre above sea level.

13.2.9  General Alarm

13.2.9.1 For a vessel of less than 500 GT this alarm may consist of the ship's whistle or siren providing it can be heard in all parts of the vessel.

13.2.9.2 For a vessel of 500 GT and above the requirement of 13.2.9.1 is to be supplemented by an electrically operated bell or Klaxon system, which is to be powered from the vessel's main supply and also the emergency source of power (see section 8).

13.2.9.3 For a vessel of 85m in length and above, in addition to the requirements of 13.2.9.2, a public address system or other suitable means of communication should be provided.

13.2.10 Lighting

13.2.10.1 Alleyways, internal and external stairways, and exits giving access to, and including, the muster and embarkation stations should be adequately lit.  (See also section 8).

13.2.10.2 Adequate lighting is to be provided in the vicinity of survival craft, launching appliance(s) (when provided) and the overside area of sea in way of the launching position(s). The lighting should be supplied from the emergency source of power.

13.2.11 Life-saving Signals and Rescue Poster

 When display space in the wheelhouse is restricted, the 2 sides of a SOLAS No.2 poster (as contained in liferaft equipment packs) may be displayed in lieu of a SOLAS No. 1 poster.
  



 

14 Fire Safety

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

14.1  Protection of spaces containing vehicles or craft with fuel in their tanks or lockers storing such fuels

14.1.1  Special consideration should be given to safe conditions of carriage of petrol and other highly flammable liquids either in hand portable containers/tanks or in the tanks of vehicles (such as personal water craft, motor cars and helicopters) which may be transported. This is not considered applicable to diesel stowage.

14.1.2   The quantity of petrol and/or other highly flammable liquids carried should be kept to a minimum, generally up to 150 litres maximum. Greater quantities may be specially considered by the Administration on receipt of a reasoned case made by the master.

14.1.3   Containers used for the carriage of flammable liquids should be constructed to a recognised standard appropriate to the contents and each container clearly marked to indicate its contents.

14.1.4  Small lockers on open deck for the stowage of hand portable containers of petrol should be located away from high risk areas, have no electrical fittings, and be provided with the following:

  1. Natural ventilation openings top and bottom.
  2. Drainage leading overboard.
  3. Means of securing  the fuel containers.
  4. A facility to boundary cool the locker.

14.1.5 Enclosed spaces, and larger lockers on open deck, designated for the safe carriage of petrol or similar fuel or vehicles with fuel in their tanks should be fitted with:  

  1. A manual water spray system giving a coverage of 3.5 ltr/m2/minute over the total area of deck, which may be taken from the fire main with the isolating valve located outside the garage. An equivalent arrangement may be considered. Adequate provision should be made for drainage of water introduced to the space. This should not lead to machinery or other spaces where a source of ignition may exist.

  2. A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system complying with the requirements of SOLAS regulations II-2/Part A. The system within the space should also comply with 14.1.5.5.

  3. Ducted mechanical exhaust ventilation, which is isolated from other ventilated spaces, should provide at least 6 air changes per hour (based on the empty space) and for which reduction of the airflow should be signalled by an audible and visual alarm on the navigating bridge and at the "in port" control station(s). Exhaust ducting should be arranged to extract from the area low over the bilge. If the fan motors are located in the space or in the ventilation duct they should be certified safe to the correct designation for the flammable vapour/liquid. The ventilation fans should be of a non-sparking type and the ventilation system should be capable of rapid shut down and effective closure in event of fire.

  4. A suitable gas detection system is to be provided, with audible and visual alarm in the wheelhouse and where it may always be observed by the crew.

  5. All electrical equipment located up to 450 mm above the deck should be certified safe for petrol vapours. Electrical equipment located higher than 450 mm above the deck should either,

    (a) be to [IP55] standard of construction (BSEN 60529:1992), or,

    (b) provided with easily accessible means of isolation (on all poles) located outside the space. These isolators should be grouped together as far as practicable and be clearly marked. This option should not be used for safety systems such as steering motors, rudder indicators, etc.

  6. Regardless of the height of installation it is considered that the following equipment located within the space should be certified safe for the flammable vapours:

    (a) gas detection system
    (b) bilge alarm
    (c) fire detection system
    (d) at least one light fitting (on a dedicated circuit, possibly emergency)

    It should be noted that electrical equipment includes starters, distribution boxes, etc

14.2 Miscellaneous

14.2.1 Construction and arrangement of saunas

14.2.1.1 The perimeter of the sauna should be of "A" class boundaries and may include changing rooms, showers and toilets. The sauna should be insulated to A-60 for vessels of 500 GT and over, A-30 for vessels under 500 GT, and B-15 for Short Range Yachts, against other spaces except those inside of the perimeter.

14.2.1.2 Bathrooms with direct access to saunas may be considered as part of them. In such cases, the door between sauna and the bathroom need not comply with fire safety requirements.

14.2.1.3 Wooden linings on bulkheads and ceilings are permitted. The ceiling above the oven should be lined with a non-combustible plate with an air gap of at least 30 mm. The distance from the hot surfaces to combustible materials should be at least 500 mm or the combustible materials should be protected (e.g. non-combustible plate with an air gap of at least 30 mm).

14.2.1.4 Wooden benches are permitted.

14.2.1.5 The sauna door should open outwards by pushing.

14.2.1.6 Electrically heated ovens should be provided with a timer.

14.2.1.7 All spaces within the perimeter of the sauna are to be protected by a fire detection and alarm system and an automatic sprinkler system.

 

14.2.2 Construction and arrangement of Thermal Suite (e.g. Steam Room).

14.2.2.1 The perimeter of the thermal suite may include changing rooms, showers and toilets.

14.2.2.2 Bathrooms with direct access to suite may be considered as part of it. In such cases, the door between suite and the bathroom need not comply with fire safety requirements.

14.2.2.3 If the steam generator is contained within the perimeter, the suite boundary should be constructed to an A-0 standard, or B-0 for Short Range Yachts. If the steam generator is not contained within the perimeter then the boundaries of the space should be constructed of B-0 class divisions, and the steam generator should be protected by A-0 standard divisions, or B-0 for Short Range Yachts.

14.2.2.4 If a suite arrangement contains a sauna then the requirements contained in 14.2.1 are applicable, regardless of the steam generator location.

14.2.2.5 All spaces within the perimeter are to be protected by a fire detection and alarm system and an automatic sprinkler.

 

14.2.3 Deep Fat Frying Equipment

Attention is drawn to the requirements SOLAS II-2/10.6.4 for fire extinguishing systems for deep fat cooking equipment. 

For fryers of up to 15 litres cooking oil capacity, the provision of a suitably sized Class F extinguisher (BS7937:2000) together with manual isolation of the electrical power supply is acceptable.

 

14.3 Fire Control Plan(s)

14.3.1 A fire control (general arrangement) plan(s) should be permanently exhibited for the guidance of the Master and crew of the vessel.  The content of the plan(s) should adequately show and describe the principal fire prevention and protection equipment and materials.  As far as practical, symbols used on the plans should comply with a recognised international standard. The fire control plan may be a combined Fire & Safety Plan, which should show the positions of stowage of the life-saving and fire appliances

14.3.2 For each deck, the plan(s) should show the position of control stations; sections of the vessel which are enclosed respectively by "A" class divisions and "B" class divisions; location of flammable liquid storage (see 14.1.); particulars of and locations of fire alarms, fire detection systems, sprinkler installations, fixed and portable fire extinguishing appliances; fireman's outfit(s); means of access and emergency escapes for compartments and decks; locations and means of control of systems and openings which should be closed down in a fire emergency.

14.3.3 The plan(s) required by 14.3.1 should be kept up to date.  Up-dating alterations should be applied to all copies of the plan(s) without delay.  Each plan should include a list of alterations and the date on which each alteration was applied.

14.3.4 A duplicate set of the plan(s) should be permanently stored in a prominently marked weathertight enclosure readily accessible to assist non-vessel fire-fighting personnel who may board the vessel in a fire emergency.

14.3.5 Instructions valid to the maintenance and operation of all the equipment and installations onboard for the fighting and containment of fire should be kept in one document holder, readily available in an accessible location.
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14a Structural fire protection - vessels of less than 500 GT

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

Objective: The purpose of this section is to ensure a consistent level of structural fire protection. The section is primarily concerned with protecting high risk spaces such as the engine room and galley. It also makes provision for restricting the quantity of combustible materials and sets out the principles for detection of fire and effective escape.
 

 

 

14A.1 General

14A.1.1 Terms used in this section should have the same meaning as defined in SOLAS.

 Table 14A.1.1 is a guide to the major requirements of this Section. The Table is intended as a quick reference to the requirements and is not to be used in isolation when designing the fire safety arrangements.

Table 14A.1.1

 

 
Passive fire protection (see 14A.2).  Category ‘A’ machinery spaces: ‘A-30’/’A-0’.

Means of escape (see 14A.3).

  • Category ‘A’ machinery spaces.
  • Accommodation and other spaces.

 

Two (2).
Two (2).

Fixed fire detection system (see 14A.7).
  • Fitted in machinery spaces. 
  • Fitted in service spaces, control stations and accommodation spaces.
Automatic sprinkler system or equivalent Fitted in yachts that do not meet restrictions on combustible materials (14A.2.3.6 & 14A.2.3.8). 

 

14A.2 Structure

Purpose
The purpose of this section is to contain a fire in the space of origin. For this purpose, the following functional requirements should be met:

  • the ship should be subdivided by thermal and structural boundaries as required by this section;
  • thermal insulation of boundaries should have due regard to the fire risk of the space and adjacent spaces;
  • the fire integrity of the divisions should be maintained at openings and penetrations.

14A.2.1 Forms of construction - Fire divisions

14A.2.1.1 Fire divisions required by 14A.2.2 are to be constructed in accordance with the remaining paragraphs of this sub-Section.

14A.2.1.2 Fire divisions using steel equivalent, or alternative forms of construction may be accepted if it can be demonstrated that the material by itself, or due to non-combustible insulation provided, has the fire resistance properties equivalent to those divisions required by 14A.2.2.1.

14A.2.1.3 Insulation required by 14A.2.1.2 is to be such that the temperature of the structural core does not rise above the point at which the structure would begin to lose its strength at any time during the applicable exposure to the standard fire test. For 'A' Class divisions, the applicable exposure is 60 minutes, and for 'B' Class divisions, the applicable exposure is 30 minutes.

14A.2.1.3.1 For aluminium alloy structures, the insulation is to be such that the temperature of the structural core does not rise more than 200°C above the ambient temperature at any time during the applicable fire exposure. 

14A.2.1.3.2 For composite structures, the insulation is to be such that the temperature of the laminate does not rise more than the minimum temperature of deflection under load of the resin at any time during the applicable fire exposure. The temperature of deflection under load is to be determined in accordance with a recognised international standard.

14A.2.1.3.3 Insulation need only be applied on the side that is exposed to the greatest fire risk, i.e. inside the engine room, a division between two such spaces should however be insulated on both sides unless it is a steel division.

b Special attention is to be given to the fixing of fire door frames in bulkheads constructed of materials other than steel. Measures are to be taken to ensure that the temperature of the fixings when exposed to fire does not exceed the temperature at which the bulkhead itself looses strength. 


 
14A.2.2 Structural fire protection

14A.2.2.1 
a) Machinery spaces of category 'A', are to be enclosed by 'A-30' Class divisions.

b) For Short Range Yachts, machinery spaces of category ‘A’ , are to be enclosed by 'B-15' Class divisions .
        

14A.2.2.2 Openings in 'A' and 'B' Class divisions are to be provided with permanently attached means of closing that are to be at least as effective for resisting fires as the divisions in which they are fitted. Generally, windows should not be fitted in machinery space boundaries.

14A.2.2.3 Where 'A' Class divisions are penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., or for girders, beams or other structural members, arrangements are to be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.

14A.2.2.4 Where 'B' Class divisions are penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., or for the fitting of ventilation terminals, lighting fixtures and similar devices, arrangements are to be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.

14A.2.2.5 Where the structure or 'A' Class divisions are required to be insulated, it is to be ensured that the heat from a fire is not transmitted through the intersections and terminal points of the divisions or penetrations to uninsulated boundaries. Where the insulation installed does not achieve this, arrangements are to be made to prevent this heat transmission by insulating the horizontal and vertical boundaries or penetrations for a distance of 450 mm (this may be reduced to 380mm on steel divisions only).

 


14A.2.3 Materials

14A.2.3.1 Except in refrigerated compartments of service spaces, all insulation (e.g. fire and comfort) is to be of not readily-ignitable materials .

14A.2.3.2 Pipes penetrating 'A' or 'B' Class divisions are to be of approved materials having regard to the temperature such divisions are required to withstand.

14A.2.3.3 Pipes conveying oil or other combustible liquids through accommodation and service spaces are to be of approved materials having regard to the fire risk.

14A.2.3.4 Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat are not to be used for overboard scuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close to the waterline and where the failure of the material in the event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding. Due regard should be paid to the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code.

14A.2.3.5 Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as insulation of pipe fittings for cold service system need not be non-combustible, but they are to be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces are to have low flame spread characteristics.

14A.2.3.6 Upholstery composites (fabric in association with any backing or padding material) used throughout the vessel should be approved in accordance with the IMO FTP Code, Annex 1, Part 8, or equivalent. This does not apply to spaces fitted with sprinklers or equivalent approved fixed fire extinguishing systems.

14A.2.3.7 It is recommended that organic foams used in upholstered furniture and mattresses are of the combustion modified type.

14A.2.3.8 Suspended textile materials such as curtains or drapes should be approved in accordance with the IMO FTP Code, Annex 1, Part 7, or equivalent. This does not apply to spaces fitted with sprinklers or equivalent approved fixed fire extinguishing systems.

 

14A.2.4 Surface of insulation

 In spaces where penetration of oil products is possible, the surface of insulation is to be impervious to oil or oil vapours. Insulation boundaries are to be arranged to avoid immersion in oil spillages.

 


14A.2.5 Fuel arrangements

14A.2.5.1 Arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilisation of oil fuel are to be such as to minimise the risk of fire or explosion.

14A.2.5.2 Oil fuel tanks situated within, or adjacent to, the boundaries of Category 'A' machinery spaces are not to contain oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60°C.

14A.2.5.3 Oil fuel, lubricating oil and other flammable oils are not to be carried in fore peak tanks.

14A.2.5.4 Every oil fuel pipe, which, if damaged, would allow oil to escape from a storage, settling or daily service tank situated above the double bottom, shall be fitted with a cock or valve directly on the tank capable of being closed from a safe position outside the space concerned in the event of a fire occurring in the space in which such tanks are situated.
 
14A.2.5.5 Means are to be provided to stop fuel transfer pumps, oil fired boilers and separators from outside the machinery space.

14.A.2.5.6 Fuel filter bowls should be of metal, construction.

 

14A.3 Means of escape

14A.3.1 Purpose
The purpose of this section is to provide means of escape so that persons onboard can safely and swiftly escape to the liferaft embarkation deck. For this purpose, the following functional requirements should be met:

  • safe escape routes should be provided;
  • escape routes should be maintained in a safe condition, clear of obstacles; and
  • additional aids for escape should be provided as necessary to ensure accessibility, clear marking, and adequate design for emergency situations.

 

14A.3.2 Requirements

14A.3.2.1 Stairways, ladders and corridors serving all spaces normally accessible are to be arranged so as to provide ready means of escape to a deck from which embarkation into survival craft may be effected.

14A.3.2.2 The arrangement of the vessel should be such that all compartments are provided with a satisfactory means of escape.  In the case of the accommodation, two means of escape from every restricted space or group of spaces should be provided. Concealed escapes and escape routes are to be clearly marked to ensure ready exit.

Category ‘A’ machinery spaces on motor vessels should also be provided with a minimum of two means of escape. Other machinery spaces should also have at least two means of escape as widely separated as possible, except where the small size of the machinery space makes it impracticable.

(a)   The normal means of access to the accommodation and service spaces below the open deck is to be arranged so that it is possible to reach the open deck without passing through a galley, engine room or other space with a high fire risk, wherever practicable.
(b)   Where accommodation arrangements are such that access to compartments is through another compartment, the second escape route is to be as remote as possible from the main escape route. This may be through hatches of adequate size, leading to the open deck or separate space to the main escape route.
(c) In exceptional circumstances a single means of escape may be accepted for spaces, other than accommodation spaces, that are entered only occasionally, if the escape route does not pass through a galley, machinery space or watertight door.
(d)  No escape route should be obstructed by furniture or fittings. Additionally, furniture along escape routes should be secured in place to prevent shifting if the yacht rolls or lists.
(e)  All doors in escape routes are to be openable from either side.  In the direction of escape they are all to be openable without a key.  All handles on the inside of weathertight doors and hatches are to be non removable. Where doors are lockable measures to ensure access from outside the space are to be provided for rescue purposes.
 

 


 

 



  

 

 

 

 

  

14A.3.2.3 Lifts are not considered as forming a means of escape.

 

14A.4 Ventilation systems

14A.4.1 Ventilation fans for machinery spaces and enclosed galleys are to be capable of being stopped, and main inlets and outlets of ventilation systems closed, from outside the spaces being served. This position should not be readily cut off in the event of a fire in the spaces served.

14A.4.2 Ventilation ducts for Category 'A' machinery spaces, galleys, spaces containing vehicles or craft with fuel in their tanks, or lockers storing such fuels, are generally not to pass through accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations Where this is unavoidable, the trunking should be constructed of steel at least 3mm thick or equivalent to the satisfaction of the administration.  The ducting within the accommodation should be fitted with:

  1.  fire insulation to A-30 (B-0 on Short Range Yachts) standard to a point at least 5 metres from the machinery space or galley; and

  2. automatic fire dampers located in the deck or bulkhead within the accommodation where the trunking passes from the machinery space or galley into the accommodation.  These automatic fire dampers are also to be manually closable from outside the galley or machinery space.

14A.4.3 Ventilation ducts for accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations are not to pass through Category 'A' machinery spaces, spaces containing vehicles or craft with fuel in their tanks, or lockers storing such fuels, unless the ducts are constructed of steel and arranged to preserve the integrity of the division.

14A.4.4 Store-rooms containing highly flammable products are to be provided with ventilation arrangements that are separate from other ventilation systems. Ventilation is to be arranged to prevent the build up of flammable vapours at high and low levels. The inlets and outlets of ventilators are to be positioned so that they do not draw from or vent into an area which would cause undue hazard, and are to be fitted with spark arresters.

14A.4.5 Ventilation systems serving Category 'A' machinery spaces are to be independent of systems serving other spaces.

14A.4.6 All enclosed spaces containing free standing fuel tanks are to be ventilated independently of systems serving other spaces.

14A.4.7 Ventilation is to be provided to prevent the accumulation of dangerous concentrations of flammable gas which may be emitted from batteries.

 

14A.5 Arrangements for gaseous fuel for domestic purposes

14A.5.1 Where gaseous fuel is used for domestic purposes, the arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilisation of the fuel is to be such that, having regard to the hazards of fire and explosion which the use of such fuel may entail, the safety of the yacht and the persons onboard is preserved. The installation is to be in accordance with recognised National or International Standards. Hydrocarbon gas detectors and carbon monoxide detectors should be provided.

14A.5.2  Gas cylinders, regulators and safety devices should be stowed on the open deck (where leakage will not accumulate) or in a compartment that is vapour-tight to the vessels interior, and fitted with a vent and drain, so that any gas which may leak can disperse overboard.

14A.5.3 An open flame gas appliance provided for cooking, heating or any other purpose should comply with the requirements of EC Directive 90/396/EEC or equivalent.

 The installation of an open flame gas appliance should comply with the appropriate provisions of Annex 3.

 

14A.6 Space heaters

Space heaters, if used, are to be fixed in position and so constructed as to reduce fire risks to a minimum. The design and location of these units is to be such that clothing, curtains or other similar materials cannot be scorched or set on fire by heat from the unit.

 

14A.7 Fixed fire detection and fire-alarm systems
 
The purpose of this section is to detect a fire in the space of origin and to provide for an alarm for safe escape and fire-fighting activity. 

A fixed fire detection and fire-alarm system is to be fitted in all enclosed spaces except those containing no significant fire risk (toilets, bathrooms, void spaces, etc).  The fixed fire detection and fire-alarm system is to be installed in accordance with the requirements of SOLAS II-2/7 and the IMO Fire Safety Systems Code, Chapter 9.

 

14A.8 Fixed fire-extinguishing systems not required by this Section

Where a fixed fire-extinguishing system not required by this Chapter, is installed, the arrangement is to be to the satisfaction of the administration.


 

14b Structural fire protection - vessels of 500 GT and over

Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

The purpose of this section is to ensure a consistent level of structural fire protection. The principles of the section aim to achieve a level of fire protection compatible with the requirements of SOLAS for passenger ships carrying up to 36 passengers. These have been adapted where appropriate to fit the general yacht design philosophy. Much emphasis is placed on the provision of sprinkler/mist systems as trade-off for certain aspects.
 

 

 

 

14B.1 Definitions

Terms used in this section should have the same meaning as defined in SOLAS, except as defined in Section 14.1 and as follows:

"Not readily ignitable" means that the surface thus described will not continue to burn for more than 20 seconds after removal of a suitable impinging test flame;


14B.2 Table 14B.2 is a guide to the major requirements of this Section. The Table is intended as a quick reference to the requirements and is not to be used in isolation when designing the fire safety arrangements.

Table 14B.2

All vessels should comply with the following: -

Form of construction (see 14B.2.1) 

 

Steel or equivalent, or alternative forms of construction may be accepted subject to requirements.
Passive fire protection (see 14B.2.1 to 14B.2.7) See Tables 1 and 2

Means of escape (see 14B.2.12).

  • Category ‘A’ machinery spaces.
  • Accommodation etc.

 

2 (two)
2 (two)

Fixed fire detection system (see 14B.2.15).

Fire extinguishing arrangements in Category ‘A’ machinery spaces (see 15B)

  • Fitted in machinery spaces. 
  • Fitted in service spaces, control stations and accommodation spaces.
  • As per SOLAS II-2/10.5
Automatic sprinkler system or equivalent (see 14B.2.14) Fitted in all vessels


14B.2.1 Structure

Purpose

The purpose of this section is to contain a fire in the space of origin. For this purpose, the following functional requirements should be met:

  • the ship should be subdivided by thermal and structural boundaries;
  • thermal insulation of boundaries should have due regard to the fire risk of the space and adjacent spaces;
  • the fire integrity of the divisions should be maintained at openings and penetrations.

14B.2.2.1 The hull, superstructures, structural bulkheads, decks and deckhouses should be constructed of steel or other equivalent material.

14B.2.2.2 However, in cases where any part of the structure is of aluminium alloy, the following should apply: -

  1. Insulation of aluminium alloy components of "A" or "B" class divisions, except structure which, in the opinion of the Administration, is non-load-bearing, should be such that the temperature of the structural core does not rise more than 200°C above the ambient temperature at any time during the applicable fire exposure to the standard fire test.  This insulation is to be applied on all sides except for the upper sides of decks and the outside of the vessel

  2. Special attention should be given to the insulation of aluminium alloy components of columns, stanchions and other structural members required to support lifeboat and liferaft stowage, launching and embarkation areas, and "A" and "B" class divisions to ensure that for members:
    (a) supporting lifeboat and liferaft areas and "A" class divisions, the temperature rise limitation specified in .1 above should apply at the end of one hour; and


    (b) supporting "B" class divisions, the temperature rise limitation specified in .1 above should apply at the end of half an hour.

  3. Aluminium alloy components of divisions that are required to be equivalent to steel (identified by an * in tables 1 and 2) should be insulated with 25mm of mineral wool approved for use in A class divisions or with an equivalent insulation acceptable to the administration.

14B.2.2.3 For composite structures, the insulation is to be such that the temperature of the laminate does not rise more than the minimum temperature of deflection under load of the resin at any time during the specified fire exposure. The temperature of deflection under load is to be determined in accordance with the requirements of a recognised international standard.  This insulation is to be applied on all sides except for the upper sides of decks and the outside of the vessel.

  1. Special attention should be given to the insulation of composite components of columns, stanchions and other structural members required to support lifeboat and liferaft stowage, launching and embarkation areas, and "A" and "B" class divisions to ensure that for members:
    (a) supporting lifeboat and liferaft areas and "A" class divisions, the temperature rise limitation specified in .1 above should apply at the end of one hour; and

    (b) supporting "B" class divisions, the temperature rise limitation specified in .1 above should apply at the end of half an hour.


Special attention is to be given to the fixing of fire door frames in bulkheads constructed of materials other than steel. Measures are to be taken to ensure that the temperature of the fixings when exposed to fire does not exceed the temperature at which the bulkhead itself looses strength.

14B.2.2.4 Crowns and casings of a machinery space of category A should be A60 divisions and openings therein, if any, should be suitably arranged and protected to prevent the spread of fire.

14B.2.2.5 For structures in contact with sea-water, the required insulation should extend to at least 300 mm below the lightest waterline.

14B.2.2.6 Fire divisions using steel equivalent, or alternative forms of construction may be accepted if it can be demonstrated that the material by itself, or due to non-combustible insulation provided, has the fire resistance properties equivalent to the A or B class standard required.

14B.2.2.7 Insulation required by 14B.2.2.6 is to be such that the temperature of the structural core does not rise above the point at which the structure would begin to lose its strength at any time during the applicable exposure to the standard fire test. For 'A' Class divisions, the applicable exposure is 60 minutes, and for 'B' Class divisions, the applicable exposure is 30 minutes.

 

14B.2.3 Main vertical zones and horizontal zones

14B.2.3.1 Hull, superstructure and deckhouses in way of accommodation and service spaces should be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A" class divisions.  These divisions should have insulation values in accordance with tables 1 and 2.

14B.2.3.2 As far as practicable, the bulkheads forming the boundaries of the main vertical zones above the bulkhead deck should be in line with watertight subdivision bulkheads situated immediately below the bulkhead deck. The length and width of main vertical zones may be extended to a maximum of 48 m in order to bring the ends of main vertical zones to coincide with watertight subdivision bulkheads or in order to accommodate a large public space extending for the whole length of the main vertical zone provided that the total area of the main vertical zone is not greater than 800 m2 on any deck. The length or width of a main vertical zone is the maximum distance between the furthermost points of the bulkheads bounding it.

14B.2.3.3 Such bulkheads should extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries.

14B.2.3.4 When a main vertical zone is subdivided by "A" class divisions for the purpose of providing an appropriate barrier between spaces protected and not protected by a sprinkler system, the divisions should be insulated in accordance with the fire insulation and integrity values given in tables 1 and 2.


 

14B.2.4 Bulkheads within a main vertical zone

14B.2.4.1 All bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces which are not required to be "A" class divisions should be at least "B" class or "C" class divisions as prescribed in the tables 1 and 2 .

14B.2.4.2 All such divisions may be faced with combustible materials

14B.2.4.3 All corridor bulkheads, where not required to be "A" class should be "B" class divisions which should extend from deck to deck except:

  1. when continuous "B" class ceilings or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the portion of the bulkhead behind the continuous ceilings or lining should be of material which, in thickness and composition, is acceptable in the construction of "B" class divisions but which should be required to meet "B" class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable and practical in the opinion of the Administration;

  2. the corridor bulkheads of "B" class materials may terminate at a ceiling in the corridor provided such a ceiling is of material which, in thickness and composition, is acceptable in the construction of "B" class divisions. All doors and frames in such bulkheads should be so constructed and erected to provide a “B” class standard.

14B.2.4.4 All bulkheads required to be "B" class divisions, except corridor bulkheads, should extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries unless continuous "B" class ceilings or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, in which case the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.


14B.2.5 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks

14B.2.5.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks mentioned elsewhere in this section, the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks should be as prescribed in tables 1 and 2.

14B.2.5.2 The following requirements should govern application of the tables:

  1. Tables 1 and 2 should apply respectively to the bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces.

  2. For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (9) below.  The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive.  The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.

(1) Control stations

  • Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
  • Wheelhouse and chartroom.
  • Spaces containing the vessel's radio equipment.
  • Fire-extinguishing rooms.
  • Fire control rooms and fire-recording stations
  • Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
  • Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.

(2) Corridors and lobbies

  • Guest and crew corridors and lobbies.

(3) Accommodation spaces

  • Cabins, dining rooms, lounges, offices, pantries containing no cooking appliances (other than equipment such as microwave cookers and toasters), and similar spaces.

(4) Stairways

  • Interior stairways, lifts and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery space(s)) and enclosures thereto.
  • In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level should be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.

(5) Service spaces (low risk)

  • Lockers and store-rooms not having provisions for the storage of flammable liquids and having areas less than 4m², and drying rooms and laundries.

(6) Machinery spaces of category A,

  • Spaces so defined.


(7) Other machinery spaces

  • Spaces so defined, excluding machinery spaces of category A.
  • Sprinkler, drencher or fire pump spaces.


(8) Service spaces (high risk)

    • Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, paint and lamp rooms, lockers and store-rooms having areas of 4m² or more, spaces for the storage of flammable liquids, workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces, and spaces containing vehicles or craft with fuel in their tanks, or lockers storing such fuels storage lockers for gaseous fuels for domestic purposes. 

    (9) Open decks

    • Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having no fire risk. Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).

    14B.2.5.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    14B.2.5.4 External boundaries which are required to be of steel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows and portlights provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries to have "A" class integrity elsewhere in this section.  Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have "A" class integrity, doors may be of combustible materials, substantially constructed.

    Table 1 - Fire integrity of bulkheads separating adjacent spaces

    Spaces (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
    Control stations (1) A-0c A-0 A-60 A-0 A-15 A-60 A-15 A-60 *
    Corridors and lobbies  (2)   Cd B-0d A-0a
    B-0d
    B-0d A-60 A-0 A-0 *
    Accommodation spaces  (3) Cd A-0a
    B-0d
    B-0d A-60 A-0 A-0 *
    Stairways (4)  A-0a
    B-0d
    A-0a
    B-0d
    A-60 A-0 A-0

    *
    *

    Service spaces  (low risk) (5) Cd A-60 A-0 A-0 *
    Machinery spaces of category A  (6)  * A-0 A-60 *
    Other machinery spaces (7) A-0b A-0 *
    Service spaces (high risk)  (8)  A-0b *
    Open decks  (9) 
     

     

     

     

     

     


     

     

     

     

    Table 2 - Fire integrity of decks separating adjacent spaces

    Spaces (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
    Control stations (1) A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 *
    Corridors and lobbies  (2)   A-0 * * A-0 * A-60 A-0 A-0 *
    Accommodation spaces  (3) A-60 A-0 * A-0 * A-60 A-0 A-0 *
    Stairways (4)  A-0 A-0 A-0 * A-0 A-60 A-0 A-0

    *

    Service spaces  (low risk) (5) A-15 A-0 A-0 A-0 * A-60 A-0 A-0 *
    Machinery spaces of category A  (6)  A-60 A-60 A-60 A-60 A-60 * A-60e A-60 *
    Other machinery spaces (7) A-15 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 * A-0 *
    Service spaces (high risk)  (8)  A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 *
    Open decks  (9)  * * * * * * * * -

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Notes: To be applied to both tables 1 and 2, as appropriate.

    a       For clarification on which applies, see 14B.2.4 and 14B.2.6.
    b Where spaces are of the same numerical category and subscript b appears, a bulkhead or deck of the rating shown in the tables is only required when the adjacent spaces are for a different purpose, e.g in category (9).  a galley next to a galley does not require a bulkhead but a galley next to a paint room requires an "A-0" bulkhead.
    c Bulkheads separating the wheelhouse and chartroom from each other may be "B-0" rating.
    d For the application of 14B.2.3.1, "B-O" and "C", where appearing in table 1, should be read as "A-0".
    e Fire insulation need not be fitted if the machinery space in category (7), in the opinion of the Administration, has little or no fire risk.
    * Where an asterisk appears in the tables, the division is required to be of steel or other equivalent material but is not required to be of "A" class standard.


     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    For the application of 14B.2.3.1 an asterisk, where appearing in table 2, except for category (9), should be read as "A-0".

     

    14B.2.6 Protection of stairways and lifts in accommodation and service spaces

    14B.2.6.1 A stairway should be of steel frame construction except where the Administration sanctions the use of other equivalent material, and should be within enclosures formed of "A" class divisions, with positive means of closure at all openings, except that:

    1. an isolated stairway which penetrates a single deck only may be protected at one level only by at least "B" class divisions and self-closing door(s); and
    2. stairways may be fitted in the open in a public space, provided they lie wholly within such public space.

    14B.2.6.2 A stairway enclosure should have direct communication with the corridors and be of sufficient area to prevent congestion, having in view the number of persons likely to use them in an emergency. In so far as is practical, stairway enclosures should not give direct access to galleys, machinery spaces, service lockers, or other enclosed spaces containing combustibles in which a fire is likely to originate.

    14B.2.6.3 A lift trunk should be so fitted to prevent the passage of flame from one 'tween-deck to another and should be provided with means of closing to permit the control of draught and smoke.

     

    14B.2.7 Openings in "A" class divisions

    14B.2.7.1 Except for hatches between store and baggage spaces, and between such spaces and the weather decks, all openings should be provided with permanently attached means of closing which should be at least as effective for resisting fires as the divisions in which they are fitted.

    14B.2.7.2 The construction of all doors and door frames in "A" class divisions, with the means of securing them when closed, should provide resistance to fire as well as the passage of smoke and flame, as far as practical, equivalent to that of the bulkheads in which the doors are situated.  Such doors and door frames should be constructed of steel or other equivalent material.  Steel watertight doors need not be insulated.

    14B.2.7.3 It should be possible for each door to be opened and closed from each side of the bulkhead by one person only.

    14B.2.7.4 Fire doors in main vertical zone bulkheads, galley boundaries and stairway enclosures other than power-operated watertight doors and those which are normally locked, should satisfy the following requirements:

    (a)      the doors should be self-closing and be capable of closing with an angle of inclination of up to 3.5º opposing closure;
    (b)  the approximate time of closure for hinged fire doors should be no more than 40 seconds and no less than 10 seconds from the beginning of their movement with the ship in the upright position. The approximate uniform rate of closure for sliding doors should be of no more than 0.2 m/s and no less than 0.1 m/s with the ship in the upright position;
    (c) the doors, except those for emergency escape trunks, should be capable of remote release from the continuously manned central control station, either simultaneously or in groups and should also be capable of release, individually, from a position at the door. Release switches should have an on-off function to prevent automatic resetting of the system;
    (d)  hold-back hooks not subject to central control station release are prohibited;

    (e)

    a door closed remotely from the central control station should be capable of being re-opened from both sides of the door by local control. After such local opening, the door should automatically close again;
    (f) indication must be provided at the fire door indicator panel in the continuously manned central control station whether each door is closed;
    (g) the release mechanism should be so designed that the door will automatically close in the event of disruption of the control system or central power supply;
    (h) local power accumulators for power-operated doors should be provided in the immediate vicinity of the doors to enable the doors to be operated after disruption of the control system or central power supply at least ten times (fully opened and closed) using the local controls;
    (i)  disruption of the control system or central power supply at one door should not impair the safe functioning of the other doors
    (j)  remote-released sliding or power-operated doors should be equipped with an alarm that sounds at least 5 s but no more than 10s after the door being released from the central control station and before the door begins to move and continues sounding until the door is completely closed;
    (k) a door designed to re-open upon contacting an object in its path should re-open not more than 1 m from the point of contact
    (l) double-leaf doors equipped with a latch necessary for their fire integrity should have a latch that is automatically activated by the operation of the doors when released by the system
    (m) the components of the local control system should be accessible for maintenance and adjusting;
    (n) power-operated doors should be provided with a control system of an approved type which should be able to operate in case of fire and be in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code. This system should satisfy the following requirements:
    • the control system should be able to operate the door at the temperature of at least 200°C for at least 60 min, served by the power supply;
    • the power supply for all other doors not subject to fire should not be impaired; and
    • at temperatures exceeding 200°C the control system should be automatically isolated from the power supply and should be capable of keeping the door closed up to at least 945°C.
     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

      

     

     

           

     

     

      

      

       
       
    · 

    · 

    14B.2.7.5 Where 'A' Class divisions are penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., or for girders, beams or other structural members, arrangements are to be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.

     


    14B.2.8 Openings in "B" class divisions

    14B.2.8.1 Doors and door frames in "B" class divisions and means of securing them should provide a method of closure which should have resistance to fire as far as practical equivalent to that of the divisions except that a ventilation opening may be permitted in the lower portion of such doors.  When such an opening is in or under a door the total net area of the opening(s) should not exceed 0.05m².  When such an opening is cut in a door it should be fitted with a grill made of non-combustible material.  Doors should be non-combustible or of substantial construction.

    14B.2.8.2 Where 'B' Class divisions are penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., or for the fitting of ventilation terminals, lighting fixtures and similar devices, arrangements are to be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.

     


    14B.2.9 Windows and portlights (Also see 5.4 and 5.5)

    14B.2.9.1 All windows and portlights in bulkheads within accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations should be so constructed to preserve the integrity requirements of the type of bulkheads in which they are fitted.

    14B.2.9.2 Glass is not to be installed as an interior main vertical zone, stairway enclosure bulkhead, or within machinery space boundaries.

     


    14B.2.10 Details of construction

    14B.2.10.1 In accommodation and service spaces, control stations, corridors and stairways:

    1. air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, panelling or linings should be suitably divided by close-fitting draught stops not more than 14m apart; and

    2. in the vertical direction, enclosed air spaces, including those behind linings of stairways, trunks, etc. should be closed at each deck.

    14B.2.10.2 The draught stops are to be non-combustible and are to form a continuation above the ceiling of the bulkhead below or the other side of the panelling or lining to the bulkhead, as far as possible.

    14B.2.10.3 Where the structure or 'A' Class divisions are required to be insulated, it is to be ensured that the heat from a fire is not transmitted through the intersections and terminal points of the divisions or penetrations to uninsulated boundaries. Where the insulation installed does not achieve this, arrangements are to be made to prevent this heat transmission by insulating the horizontal and vertical boundaries or penetrations for a distance of 450 mm.

    14B.2.10.4 Without impairing the efficiency of the fire protection, the construction of ceilings and bulkheads should allow a fire patrol to detect any smoke originating in concealed and inaccessible places, except where there is no risk of fire originating in such places.

    14B.2.10.5 When gaseous fuel is used for domestic purposes, the arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilisation of the fuel should be such that, having regard to the hazards of fire and explosion which the use of such fuel may entail, the safety of the vessel and the persons onboard are preserved.

     In particular, open flame gas appliances provided for cooking, heating or any other purposes, should comply with the requirements of EC directive 90/396/EEC or equivalent and, the installation of open flame gas appliances should comply with the appropriate provisions of Section 14A.5

     


    14B.2.11 Restricted use of combustible materials

    14B.2.11.1 Except in spaces protected by an automatic sprinkler system and fully addressable fire detection system in accordance with 14B.2.14, all linings, grounds, and ceilings should be of non-combustible materials

    14B.2.11.2 The use of combustible materials is to be kept to a minimum. Insulation materials should be non-combustible.

    14B.2.11.3 The following surfaces should be low flame spread:

    1. exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures, and of bulkheads, wall and ceiling linings in all service spaces and control stations; and

    2. concealed or inaccessible spaces in accommodation, service spaces and control stations.


      As an alternative to .1 and .2 above, these spaces may contain surfaces that are not low flame spread, provided

    3. adequate barriers of low flame spread surfaces are arranged to restrict the spread of flame areas at distances not greater than 5m, or

    4. these spaces are protected by an automatic sprinkler system and fully addressable fire detection system in accordance with 14B.2.14.
      14B.2.11.4 Pipes penetrating 'A' or 'B' Class divisions are to be of approved materials having regard to the temperature such divisions are required to withstand.

    14B.2.11.5 Pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids through accommodation and service spaces are to be of approved materials having regard to the fire risk.

    14B.2.11.6 Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat are not to be used for overboard scuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close to the waterline and where the failure of the material in the event of fire would give rise to the danger of flooding.

    14B.2.11.7 Furniture in the corridors and escape routes should be of a type and quantity not likely to obstruct access. Additionally, furniture along escape routes should be secured in place to prevent shifting if the vessel rolls or lists.

    14B.2.11.8 Primary deck coverings within accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations are to be of a type which will not readily ignite, or give rise to toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures. Reference is also to be made to the IMO FTP Code, Annex 1, Parts 2 and 6.

    14B.2.11.9 Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as insulation of pipe fittings for cold service systems need not be non-combustible, but they should be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces should have low flame spread characteristics.

    14B.2.11.10 Except when a fully addressable fire detection system is fitted,  upholstery composites (fabric in association with any backing or padding material) used throughout the vessel should be approved in accordance with the IMO FTP Code, Annex 1, Part 8 or an equivalent standard acceptable to the administration.

    14B.2.11.11 Except when a fully addressable fire detection system is fitted bedding components should be approved in accordance with the IMO FTP Code, Annex 1, Part 9 or an equivalent standard acceptable to the administration

    14B.2.11.12 Except when a fully addressable fire detection system is fitted Suspended textile materials such as curtains and drapes should be approved in accordance with the IMO FTP Code, Annex 1, Part 7, or an equivalent standard acceptable to the administration

    14B.2.11.13 Upholstery, bedding components and suspended textiles required to comply with the IMO FTP code or an equivalent standard are to be clearly labelled by the manufacturer stating the standard that they meet and any washing or cleaning instructions needed to maintain their fire resistance. These labels are not to be removed.

    14B.2.11.14 In spaces where penetration of oil products is possible, the surface of insulation is to be impervious to oil or oil vapours. Insulation boundaries are to be arranged to avoid immersion in oil spillages so far as is practicable.

     


    14B.2.12 Means of escape

     Purpose

     The purpose of this section is to provide means of escape so that persons onboard can safely and swiftly escape to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation deck. For this purpose, the following functional requirements should be met:

    • safe escape routes should be provided;
    • escape routes should be maintained in a safe condition, clear of obstacles; and
    • additional aids for escape should be provided as necessary to ensure accessibility, clear marking, and adequate design for emergency situations.

    14B.2.12.1 Stairways and ladders should be arranged to provide ready means of escape to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation deck from all guest and crew accommodation spaces and service spaces in which the crew are normally employed, other than machinery spaces. In particular, the following provisions should be complied with:

    1. Below the bulkhead deck two means of escape, at least one of which should be independent of watertight doors, should be provided from each watertight compartment, main vertical zone or similarly restricted group of spaces.  Exceptionally one of the means of escape may be dispensed with, due regard being paid to the nature and location of spaces and to the number of persons who might normally be accommodated or employed there.

    2. Above the bulkhead deck, there are to be at least two means of escape from each vertical fire zone or similarly restricted spaces or group of spaces, at least one of which is to give access to an readily accessible escape which will provide continuous fire shelter from the level of its origin to the appropriate survival craft embarkation deck

    3. Within each main vertical zone there should be at least one readily accessible enclosed stairway providing continuous fire shelter, where practical, at all levels up to the appropriate lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks or the highest level served by the stairway, whichever level is the highest.  The width, number and continuity of the stairways should be satisfactory for the number of persons likely to use them.

    4. Access from the stairway enclosures to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation areas should avoid high fire risk areas.

    5. Stairways serving only a space and a balcony in that space should not be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.

    6. If a radio room or wheelhouse has no direct access to the open deck, two means of escape should be provided, one of which may be a window of sufficient size or another means.

    7. Stairways are not to exceed 3,5 m vertical rise without the provision of a landing.

    8. In the case where direct access to the appropriate survival craft embarkation deck as required by .1 and .2 is not practical, a ready accessible escape which will provide continuous fire shelter from the level of its origin to the appropriate open deck with subsequent direct passage to the embarkation deck can be accepted provided that these escape routes including external staircases, have emergency lighting and slip free surfaces under foot.

    9. Protection of access from the stairway enclosures to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation areas should be provided either directly or through protected internal routes which have fire integrity and insulation values for stairway enclosures as determined by tables 1 and 2, as appropriate.

    10. Where public spaces span three or more open decks and contain combustibles such as furniture and give access to other enclosed spaces, each level within the space is to have two means of escape, one of which is to give access to a readily accessible escape which will provide continuous fire shelter from the level of its origin to the appropriate survival craft embarkation deck.

    14B.2.12.2 Two means of escape should be provided from each machinery space. In particular, the following provisions should be complied with:

    1. The two means of escape should consist of either:
      (a) two sets of steel ladders as widely separated as possible, leading to doors in the upper part of the space similarly separated and from which access is provided to the appropriate survival craft embarkation decks. One of these ladders should provide continuous fire shelter from the lower part of the space to a safe position outside the space. This shelter is to be of steel or equivalent material, insulated where necessary, and provided with a self closing door at the lower end. If access is provided at other levels each level is to be provided with a steel or equivalent material self-closing door; or


      (b) one steel ladder leading to a door in the upper part of the space from which access is provided to the embarkation deck and additionally, in the lower part of the space and in a position well separated from the ladder referred to, a steel door capable of being operated from each side and which provides access to a safe escape route from the lower part of the space to the embarkation deck.

    2. One of the means of escape from any such space required by 14B.2.12.2.1 may be dispensed with on sailing vessels with small machinery spaces, so long as either a door or a steel ladder and walkways provide a safe escape route to the embarkation deck with due regard being paid to the nature and location of the space and whether persons are normally employed in that space.

    3. Two means of escape should be provided from a machinery control room located within a machinery space, at least one of which should provide continuous fire shelter to a safe position outside the machinery space.

    14B.2.12.3 Lifts should not be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.

    14B.2.12.4 In exceptional circumstances a single means of escape may be accepted for spaces other than accommodation spaces that are entered only occasionally, if the escape route does not pass through a galley, machinery space or watertight door.

    14B.2.12.5 Adequate deck area is to be provided at assembly stations and embarkation areas having due regard to the expected number of persons.  Generally, assembly stations should be provided close to the embarkation stations. Each assembly station should have sufficient clear deck space to accommodate all persons assigned to assemble at that station, but at least 0.35 m2 per person.

     

    14B.2.12.6 Emergency Escape Breathing Devices

     Emergency escape breathing devices (EEBD’s) should comply with the Fire Safety Systems Code. At least one spare emergency escape breathing device should be kept onboard.

    14B.2.12.6.1 All vessels should carry at least two EEBD’s within accommodation spaces, and at least two EEBD’s should be carried in each main vertical zone.

    14B.2.12.6.2 On all vessels, within the machinery spaces, EEBD’s should be situated ready for use at easily visible locations, which can be reached quickly and easily at any time in the event of fire. The number and location  should take into account the layout of the machinery space and the number of persons normally working in the space. The number and location of these devices should be indicated in the fire control plan.

     

    14B.2.13 Ventilation systems

    14B.2.13.1 Ventilation ducts should be of non-combustible material.  Short ducts, however, not generally exceeding 2m in length and with a cross-section not exceeding 0.02m² need not be non-combustible, subject to the following conditions:

    1. they should be of a suitable material having regard to the risk of fire;
    2. they should be used only at the end of the ventilation device; and
    3. they should not be situated less than 600mm, measured along the duct, from an opening in an "A" or "B" class division including continuous "B" class ceilings.

    14B.2.13.2 Where ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02m² pass through class "A" bulkheads or decks, the opening should be lined with a steel sheet sleeve unless the ducts passing through the bulkheads or decks are of steel in the vicinity of passage through the deck or bulkhead and the ducts and sleeves should comply in this part with the following:

    1. Sleeves should have a thickness of at least 3mm and a length of at least 900mm. When passing through bulkheads, this length should be divided preferably into 450mm on each side of the bulkhead.  The ducts, or sleeves lining such ducts, should be provided with fire insulation. The insulation should have at least the same fire integrity as the bulkhead or deck through which the duct passes.

    2. Ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.075m² should be fitted with fire dampers in addition to the requirements of .1 above. The fire damper should operate automatically but should also be capable of being closed manually from both sides of the bulkhead or deck. The damper should be provided with an indicator which shows whether the damper is open or closed.  Fire dampers are not required, however, where ducts pass through spaces surrounded by "A" class divisions, without serving those spaces, provided those ducts have the same fire integrity as the divisions which they pierce.

    14B.2.13.3 Ducts provided for the ventilation of a machinery space of category A, machinery spaces, galley, spaces containing vehicles or craft with fuel in their tanks or lockers storing such fuel, should not pass through accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations unless they comply with the conditions specified in .1 to .4 or .5 and .6 below:

    1. they are constructed of steel having a thickness of at least 3mm and 5mm for duct widths or diameters of up to and including 300mm and 760mm and over respectively and, in the case of ducts with widths or diameters between 300mm and 760mm, thickness should be obtained by interpolation;

    2. they are suitably supported and stiffened;

    3. they are fitted with automatic fire dampers close to the boundaries penetrated; and

    4. they are insulated to "A-60" standard from a machinery space or galley to a point at least 5m beyond each fire damper;

      or

    5. they are constructed of steel in accordance with .1 and .2 above; and

    6. they are insulated to "A-60" standard throughout accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations; except that penetrations of main zone divisions should also comply with the requirements of 14B.2.13.8.

    14B.2.13.4 Ducts provided for ventilation to accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations should not pass through a machinery space of category A machinery spaces, galley, spaces containing vehicles or craft with fuel in their tanks or lockers storing such fuel, unless they comply with the conditions specified in .1 to .3 or .4 and .5 below:

    1. where they pass through a machinery space of category A or galley, ducts are constructed of steel in accordance with 14B.2.13.3.1 & .2;

    2. automatic fire dampers are fitted close to the boundaries penetrated; and

    3. the integrity of the machinery space or galley boundaries is maintained at penetrations;


      or

    4. where they pass through a machinery space of category A or galley, ducts are constructed of steel in accordance with 14B.2.13.3.1 & .2; and

    5. within a machinery space or galley, ducts are insulated to "A-60" standard; except that penetrations of main zone divisions should also comply with the requirements of 14B.2.13.8.

    14B.2.13.5 Ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02m² passing through "B" class bulkheads should be lined with steel sheet sleeves of 900mm in length divided preferably into 450mm on each side of the bulkheads, unless the duct is of steel for this length.

    14B.2.13.6 For a control station outside machinery spaces and other normally manned control stations, practical measures should be taken to ensure that ventilation, visibility and freedom from smoke are maintained so that, in the event of fire, the machinery and equipment contained in the control station may be supervised and continue to function effectively.  Alternative and separate means of air supply should be provided; air inlets of the two sources of supply should be so disposed that the risk of both inlets drawing in smoke simultaneously is minimized.  These requirements need not apply to control stations situated on, and opening on to, an open deck, or where local closing arrangements would be equally effective.

    14B.2.13.7 Exhaust duct(s) from a galley range should be constructed of "A" class divisions where passing through accommodation spaces and/or spaces containing combustible materials.  In addition to the requirements of 14B.2.13.3 An exhaust duct should be fitted with:

    1. a grease trap readily removable for cleaning;

    2. a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct;

    3. arrangements for shutting off the exhaust fans, operable from within the galley; and

    4. fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct.

    14B.2.13.8 When it is necessary for a ventilation duct to pass through a main vertical zone division, a fail-safe automatic closing fire damper should be fitted adjacent to the division.  The damper should also be capable of being manually closed from each side of the division.  The operating position should be readily accessible and be marked in red light-reflecting colour.  The duct between the division and the damper should be of steel or other equivalent material and, if necessary, insulated to comply with the requirements of SOLAS regulation II-2/9.3.1.  The damper should be fitted on at least one side of the division with a visible indicator showing whether the damper is in the open position.

    14B.2.13.9 Inlets and outlets of ventilation systems should be capable of being closed from outside the space being ventilated.

    14B.2.13.10 Power ventilation of accommodation spaces, service spaces, control stations and machinery spaces should be capable of being stopped from an easily accessible position outside the space being served.  This position should not be readily cut off in the event of a fire in the spaces served.  The means provided for stopping the power ventilation of a machinery space should be entirely separate from the means provided for stopping ventilation of other spaces.

    14B.2.13.11 Where public spaces span three or more open decks and contain combustibles such as furniture and other enclosed spaces, the space is to be equipped with a smoke extraction system. The smoke extraction system is to be activated by the smoke detection system required by 14B.2.14 and is to be capable of manual control. The fans are to be capable of exhausting the entire volume within the space in not more than 10 min.

    14B.2.13.12 Store-rooms containing highly flammable products are to be provided with ventilation arrangements that are separate from other ventilation systems. Ventilation is to be arranged to prevent the build up of flammable vapours at high and low levels. The inlets and outlets of ventilators are to be positioned so that they do not draw from or vent into an area which would cause undue hazard, and are to be fitted with spark arresters.

    14B.2.13.13 Ventilation systems serving Category 'A' machinery spaces are to be independent of systems serving other spaces.

    14B.2.13.14 All enclosed spaces containing free standing fuel tanks are to be ventilated independently of systems serving other spaces.

    14B.2.13.15 Ventilation is to be provided to prevent the accumulation of dangerous concentrations of flammable gas which may be emitted from batteries.

    14B.2.13.16 Ventilation openings may be fitted in and under the lower parts of cabin and public space doors in corridor bulkheads. The total net area of any such openings is not to exceed 0,05 m2.

    14B.2.13.17 For spaces containing vehicles or craft with fuel in their tanks or lockers storing such fuels, see 14B.1. For additional requirements for the ventilation of domestic gaseous fuel, see 14B.2.20.

    14B.2.13.18 Ducts provided for exhaust ventilation from laundries are to be fitted with suitable located cleaning and inspection openings.

    14B.2.13.19 All fire dampers should comply with IMO FTP Code, Annex 1, Part 3.

     


    14B.2.14 Fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems and automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems

     Purpose

    The purpose of this section is to detect a fire in the space of origin and to provide for alarm for safe escape and fire-fighting activity. For this purpose, the following functional requirements should be met:

    • fixed fire detection and fire alarm system installations should be suitable for the nature of the space, fire growth potential and potential generation of smoke and gases; and
    • manually operated call points should be placed effectively to ensure a readily accessible means of notification.

    14B.2.14.1 Each separate zone in all accommodation and service spaces, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc., should be provided throughout with an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type and complying with the requirements of SOLAS, Part C. regulation II-2/7 and the IMO FSS Code, Chapter 8, or an equivalent standard acceptable to the administration. The system should be designed to enable simultaneous operation of all sprinklers fitted in the most hydraulically  demanding area. The minimum area for simultaneous operation may be taken as the largest area bounded by A0 class divisions or the breadth of the vessel squared, whichever is the greater. In addition, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the requirements of SOLAS II-2/7 and the IMO FSS Code, Chapter 9 should be installed and arranged to provide smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces;


     
    14B.2.15    Fire detection and alarms

    14B.2.15.1 Manually operated call points complying with the requirements of SOLAS II-2/7 and the IMO FSS Code, Chapter 9 should be installed.

    14B.2.15.2 For vessels having a freeboard length of 85 m or more, a public address system complying with the requirements of SOLAS III/6.5 is to be available throughout the accommodation and service spaces and control stations and open decks.

     


    14B.2.16 Oil fuel arrangements

    14B.2.16.1 Arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilisation of oil fuel are to be such as to minimise the risk of fire or explosion.

    14B.2.16.2 As far as practicable, oil fuel tanks are to be part of the vessel's structure and are to be located outside Category 'A' machinery spaces.

    14B.2.16.3 Where oil fuel tanks, other than double bottom tanks, are necessarily located adjacent to or within Category 'A' machinery spaces, at least one of their vertical sides is to be contiguous to the machinery space boundaries, and is preferably to have a common boundary with the double bottom tanks, and the area of the tank boundary common with the machinery spaces is to be kept to a minimum. Where the vertical boundary of a tank directly exposed to a machinery space meets the vessel's side plating at an acute angle, a small horizontal surface at the base of the tank, necessary to accommodate practical constructional considerations may be permitted. If the arrangement of the machinery is such that a tank with a large horizontal surface at the base is necessary then a cofferdam with suitable ventilation arrangements, to protect the base of the tank from the effect of a machinery space fire, will be specially considered. Oil fuel tanks situated within the boundaries of Category 'A' machinery spaces are not to contain oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60°C. Except for vessels constructed of materials other than steel, where steel tanks should be provided, the use of free standing oil fuel tanks is prohibited.

     


    14B.2.17 Lubricating oil arrangements

    Arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilisation of oil used in pressure lubrication systems are to be such as to minimise the risk of fire or explosion.

     

    14B.2.18 Arrangements for other flammable oils

     Arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilisation of other flammable oils employed under pressure in power transmission systems, control and activating systems and heating systems are to be such as to minimise the risk of fire or explosion.

     


    14B.2.19 Prohibition of carriage of flammable oils in forepeak tanks

     Oil fuel, lubricating oil and other flammable oils are not to be carried in forepeak tanks.

     


    14B.2.20 Arrangements for gaseous fuel for domestic purposes

     Where gaseous fuel is used for domestic purposes, the arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of the fuel are to be such that, having regard to the hazards of fire and explosion which the use of such fuel may entail, the safety of the vessel and the persons on board is preserved. The installation is to be in accordance with recognised National or International Standards and is to meet the requirements contained in 14A.5.

     

    14B.2.21 Space heaters

     Space heaters, if used, are to be fixed in position and so constructed as to reduce fire risks to a minimum. The design and location of these units is to be such that clothing, curtains or other similar materials cannot be scorched or set on fire by heat from the unit.


     

    15a Fire appliances - Vessels of less than 500 GT

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    15A.1  General Requirements

    15A.1.1 Fire appliances are to be of an approved type and should be provided to meet the minimum requirements listed in Table 1 and the specific requirements of 15A.2.

    15A.1.2 Fire appliances provided in addition to those required by 15A.1.1 should be of a type acceptable to the Administration.  

    15A.1.3 The location of concealed fire appliances should be clearly marked.

      Table 1 - Fire appliancex - Vessels of less than 500 Gt

     1 PROVISION OF WATER JET – sufficient to reach any part of vessel 1 1
     2 POWER DRIVEN FIRE PUMP - engine or independent drive 1
     3 ADDITIONAL INDEPENDENT POWER DRIVEN FIRE PUMP, POWER SOURCE AND SEA CONNECTION - not located in the same space as item 2
    1
     4 FIREMAIN & HYDRANTS Sufficient to achieve item 1 with a single length of hose
     5 HOSES - with jet/spray nozzles each fitted with a shut-off facility 3
     6 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - portable, (accommodation and service spaces) For each deck, 1 within 10m of any position within an accommodation or service space
     7

    FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - for a machinery space containing internal combustion type machinery - the options are:

    (a) 

    • a fixed fire extinguishing system approved in accordance with the IMO Fire Safety Systems Code; and
     

    (b) 

    • (i) 1 portable extinguisher for oil fires for each 74.6kw power; or

     

    7 (max)

     
    •  (ii) 2 portable extinguishers for oil fires together with either -

    1 foam extinguisher of 45l capacity;

    or

    1 CO2 extinguisher of 16kg capacity

    2 + 1
     8 FIREMANS OUTFIT - to include two approved berathing apparatus 21
     9 FIRE BLANKET - in galley  1
     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     


    Notes:

    1. A minimum of two breathing apparatus are to be provided. In vessels where stowage considerations do not allow the carriage of two apparatus, proposals to carry a single unit should be agreed with the Administration.
    2.  

    15A.2 Specific Requirements

    15A.2.1 Provision of water jet

     At least one jet of water, from a single length of hose, should be able to reach any part of the vessel normally accessible to passengers or crew while the vessel is being navigated and, any store room and any part of a storage compartment when empty.

    15A.2.2 Fire pumps

    15A.2.2.1 The power driven fire pump should have a capacity of

       2.5x{1+0.066x(L(B+D))0.5}2  m3/hour

     where: 

     L is the length
     B is the greatest moulded breadth
     D is the moulded depth measured to the bulkhead deck at amidships.
     
     When discharging at full capacity through 2 adjacent fire hydrants, the pump should be capable of maintaining a water pressure of 0.2N/mm2 at any hydrant, provided the fire hose can be effectively controlled at this pressure.

    15A.2.2.2 The second fire pump, which may be portable, should have a capacity of at least 80% of that required by 15A.2.2.1 and be capable of input to the fire main.  A permanent sea connection, external to the machinery space, should be provided. “Throw-over” sea suctions are not acceptable.

    15A.2.2.3 Each centrifugal fire pump should be provided with a non-return valve in the connection to the fire main.

     

    15A.2.3 Firemain and hydrants

    15A.2.3.1 A firemain, water service pipes and fire hydrants should be fitted.

    15A.2.3.2 The fire main and water service pipe connections to the hydrants should be sized for the maximum discharge rate of the pump(s) connected to the main.

    15A.2.3.3 The fire main, water service pipes and fire hydrants should be constructed such that they will:

    1. not be rendered ineffective by heat;
    2. not readily corrode; and
    3. be protected against freezing.

    15A.2.3.4 When a fire main is supplied by 2 pumps, 1 in the machinery space and 1 elsewhere, provision should be made for isolation of the fire main within the machinery space and for the second pump to supply the fire main and hydrants external to the machinery space.  Isolation valve(s) should be manually operated valves fitted outside the machinery space in a position easily accessible in the event of a fire.

    15A.2.3.5 The fire main should have no connections other than those necessary for fire fighting or washing down.

    15A.2.3.6 Fire hydrants should be located for easy attachment of fire hoses, protected from damage and distributed so that a single length of the fire hoses provided can reach any part of the vessel

    15A.2.3.7 Fire hydrants should be fitted with valves that allow a fire hose to be isolated and removed when a fire pump is operating.

     

    15A.2.4 Fire hoses

    15A.2.4.1 Fire hoses should not exceed 18 metres in length and, generally, the diameter of a lined hose for use with a powered pump should not be less than 45mm.

    15A.2.4.2 Fire hoses and associated tools and fittings should be kept in readily accessible and known locations close to the hydrants or connections on which they will be used.  Hoses supplied from a powered pump should have jet/spray nozzles (incorporating a shut-off facility) of diameter 19mm, 16mm or 12mm depending on fire fighting purposes. For accommodation and service spaces, the diameter of nozzles need not exceed 12mm. For machinery spaces and exterior locations, the nozzle size should be as to obtain the maximum discharge possible from two jets at the pressure referred to in 15A.2.2.1, from the smallest pump.

    15A.2.4.3 Hydrants or connections in interior locations on the vessel should have hoses connected at all times.  For use within accommodation and service spaces, proposals to provide a smaller diameter of hoses and jet/spray nozzles will be considered.

    15A.2.4.4 The number of fire hoses and nozzles provided should correspond to the functional fire safety requirements but, be at least 3.

    15A.2.5 Portable fire extinguishers for use in accommodation and service spaces

    15A.2.5.1 The number, location, fire extinguishing medium type and capacity should be selected according to the perceived fire risk, but for each deck, one portable extinguisher should be available for use within a distance of 10 m from any location. A minimum of at least 3 portable fire extinguishers should be provided. As far as practical, the fire extinguishers provided should have a uniform method of operation and should be of an approved type and capacity.

    15A.2.5.2 Portable fire extinguishers of the carbon dioxide type should not be located or provided for use in accommodation spaces.

    15A.2.5.3 Except for portable extinguishers provided in connection with a specific hazard within a space when it is manned (such as a galley), portable extinguishers generally should be located external to, but adjacent, to the entrance of the space(s) in which they will be used. Extinguishers should be stowed in readily accessible and marked locations.

    15A.2.5.4 Spare charges should be provided onboard for at least 50% of each type and capacity of portable fire extinguisher onboard.  When an extinguisher is not of a type which is rechargeable when the vessel is at sea, an additional portable fire extinguisher of the same type (or its equivalent) should be provided.

     

    15A.2.6 Fire extinguishing in machinery spaces

    15A.2.6.1 In a machinery space containing internal combustion type machinery fire appliances should be provided at least to the extent listed in item 7 of Table 1 - Fire Appliances.

    15A.2.6.2 In a machinery space containing an oil fired boiler, oil fuel settling tank or oil fuel unit, a fixed fire extinguishing system complying with the IMO Fire Safety Systems Code should be installed.

    15A.2.6.3 Portable fire extinguishers should be installed and the number, location, fire extinguishing medium type and capacity should be selected according to the perceived fire risk in the space. (Spare charges or spare extinguishers should be provided per 15A.2.5.4.)

     In any case, portable fire extinguishers for extinguishing oil fires should be fitted:

    1. in a boiler room - at least 2;
    2. in a space containing any part of an oil fuel installation - at least 2; and
    3. in a firing space - at least 1.


     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    15b Fire appliances - Vessels of 500 GT and over

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    15B  FIRE APPLIANCES - VESSELS OF 500 GT AND OVER


     All vessels should comply with the requirements of SOLAS regulation II-2/10 as may be amended and as appropriate to the vessel and its equipment.  For the purpose of the SOLAS regulations the standards for a cargo ship apply.

     In no case should the standards applied be less than those applied to a vessel of less than 500 GT.

    16 Radio

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    16.1  General

    16.1.1  All vessels regardless of size should comply with the requirements of this chapter.

     

    16.2  Radiocommunications: The Global Marine Distress and Safety System (GMDSS)

    16.2.1  Each vessel should carry sufficient radio equipment to perform the following distress and safety communications functions throughout its intended voyage:

    1. transmitting ship to shore distress alerts by at least two separate and independent means, each using a different radiocommunication service;

    2. receiving shore-to-ship distress alerts;

    3. transmitting and receiving ship-to-ship distress alerts;

    4. transmitting and receiving search and rescue co-ordinating communications;

    5. transmitting and receiving on-scene communications;

    6. transmitting and receiving signals for locating by radar;

    7. transmitting and receiving maritime safety information;

    8. transmitting and receiving bridge-to-bridge communications.


    16.2.2  Radio installations 

    16.2.2.1 Table 1 illustrates the radio installations to be carried to fulfill the functional requirements sailing at different distances from a safe haven.

    Table 1

    Radio Equipment Distance from safe haven - natutical miles
    Up to 30 Up to 60 Up to 150 Unlimited
    VHF Radiotelephone with Digital Selective Calling (DSC)  One One One One
    MF/HF Radiotelephone with Digital Selective Calling (DSC) None None One1 One1
    INMARSAT Ship Earth Station None None One1 One1
    NAVTEX2 receiver None None One One

     

     Notes:

    1. An INMARSAT ship earth station OR an MF/HF radiotelephone with DSC may be fitted for operations over 60 miles from a safe haven. When a vessel operates north of 70° North, or south of 70° South, i.e. polar regions, an INMARSAT Ship Earth Station is not acceptable due to lack of coverage.

    2. If the vessel is sailing in an area where an international NAVTEX service is not provided then the NAVTEX receiver should be substituted by an INMARSAT enhanced group calling system.

    16.2.2.2 Example

    As an illustration, the minimum equipment to be installed on a vessel engaged on world-wide operations south of 70 North and north of 70 degrees South would be:

      one VHF radiotelephone with DSC;
      one INMARSAT-C ship earth station;
      one NAVTEX receiver.

    Note also the requirement for the carriage of two way radiotelephone sets, EPIRB's and SART's given in section 13 table 1

     

    16.2.3  Operational Performance

    16.2.3.1 All radiocommunications equipment should be of a type which is approved by the relevant authority.

    16.2.4  Installation

    16.2.4.1 The radio installation should:

    1. be so located to ensure the greatest possible degree of safety and operational availability;

    2. be protected against harmful effect of water, extremes of temperature and other adverse environmental conditions;

    3. be clearly marked with the call sign, the vessel station identity and any other codes applicable to the use of the radio installation.

    16.2.5  Sources of energy

    16.2.5.1 There should be available at all times, while the vessel is at sea, a supply of electrical energy sufficient to operate the radio installations and to charge any batteries used as part of a reserve source or sources of energy for the radio installations.

    16.2.5.2 A reserve source or energy, independent of the propelling power of the vessel and its electrical system, should be provided for the purpose of conducting distress and safety radiocommunications for a minimum of one hour in the event of failure of the vessel's main and, if provided, emergency sources of electrical power. 

    16.2.5.3 When a reserve source of energy consists of a rechargeable accumulator battery, a means of automatically charging such batteries should be provided which is capable of recharging them to minimum capacity requirements within 10 hours.

    16.2.5.4 The siting and installation of accumulator batteries should ensure the highest degree of service and safety.

    16.2.6  Watches

    16.2.6.1 A vessel, while at sea, should maintain a continuous watch:

    1. where practicable, on VHF Channel 16;

    2. where practicable, on VHF Channel 13;

    3. on VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC), on channel 70;

    4. if fitted with an MF radiotelephone, on 2182kHz and, on the distress and safety DSC frequency 2187.5kHz;

    5. for satellite shore-to-ship distress alerts if fitted with a radio facility for reception of maritime safety information by the INMARSAT enhanced group calling system;

    6. for broadcasts of maritime safety information on the appropriate frequency or frequencies on which such information is broadcast for the area in which the vessel is navigating; normally using the International NAVTEX service or INMARSAT's enhanced group calling facility.  (Further information may be obtained from the Admiralty List of Radio Signals volume 5.)

    16.2.7  Radio Personnel

    16.2.7.1 A vessel should carry at least one person qualified for distress and safety radiocommunication purposes, who should hold a certificate of competence acceptable to the relevant authority.
     

    17 Navigation lights, shapes and sound signals

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    17.1 Every vessel should comply with the requirements of the International Regulations For Preventing Collisions At Sea, 1972, as amended.

    17.2 All navigation lights should be provided with main and emergency power supply.

    17.3 With due regard to accessibility the requirement for duplication for navigation lights required to be shown whilst underway may be satisfied by having a spare lamp that can be easily fitted within three minutes.

    17.4 For vessels where compliance is impracticable alternatives may be considered by application to the Administration. 

     

    18 Navigational equipment and visibility from wheelhouse

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    18.1  Navigational Equipment

    18.1.1  A vessel should be fitted with the following:

    1. A properly adjusted standard magnetic compass or other means, independent of any power supply, to determine the ship’s heading.

    2. In a steel vessel, it should be possible to correct the compass for co-efficients B, C and D, and heeling error

    3. The magnetic compass or repeater should be so positioned as to be clearly readable by the helmsman at the main steering position.  It should also be provided with an electric light, the electric power supply off which should be of the twin wire type.

    18.1.2 A vessel should be fitted with, the following additional equipment:

    1. an echo sounder;

    2. a receiver for a global navigation satellite system or a terrestrial radio-navigation system, or other means suitable for use at all times throughout the intended voyage to establish and update the ship’s position by automatic means;

    3. a distance measuring log;

    4. a gyro compass or spare magnetic compass bowl;

    5. a rudder angle indicator; and

    6. a 9 GHz radar.

    18.1.3   For vessels of less than 300 GT the equipment specified in 18.1.1 and 18.1.2 need not be of an approved type.

    18.1.4 Means should be provided for taking bearings as near as practicable over an arc of the horizon of 360o. This requirement may be met by the fitting of a pelorus compass, or, on a vessel other than a steel vessel, with a hand bearing compass.

    18.1.5 For vessels under 300 GT the requirements of 18.1.2.4 may be met by the use of a fluxgate compass, provided that a suitable back up power supply is available to power the compass in the event of failure of the main electrical supply. Where such a compass incorporates a capability to measure magnetic deviation by undertaking a calibration routine, and where the deviation figures are recorded within the device, a deviation card is not required.

    18.1.6  Attention should be paid to magnetic effects on magnetic compasses, including fluxgate compasses, when operating in Polar Regions. (i.e. north of 70° N, or south of 70° S).

    18.1.7  All vessels of 300 GT and over shall be fitted with an approved automatic identification system (AIS) in accordance with SOLAS Chapter V, no later than 31st December 2004.  The AIS shall:

    1. provide automatically to appropriately equipped shore stations, other ships and aircraft, information including the ships id, type, position, course, speed, navigational status and other safety related information;

    2. receive automatically such info from similarly fitted ships

    3. monitor and track ships; and

    4. exchange data with shore based facilities.

    18.2  Bridge Visibility

    18.2.1  Navigation bridge visibility should comply with SOLAS Chapter V. Vessels under 45m in length should comply as far as reasonable and practicable.

    18.2.2  Windows may be inclined from the vertical plane provided that, where necessary, appropriate measures are taken to avoid adverse reflections from within.

    18.2.3  Windows to the navigating position should not be of either polarised or tinted glass (see 5.5.8) Portable tinted screens may be provided for selected windows.

     

    19 Miscellaneous equipment

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    19.1  Nautical Publications

    Every vessel should carry nautical charts and nautical publications to plan and display the ship’s route for the intended voyage and to plot and monitor positions throughout the voyage.

    An electronic chart system may be accepted as meeting these chart carriage requirements. For vessels of 300 GT and over this system is to be of an approved type (ECDIS).

    Back-up arrangements to meet these functional requirements should be provided where this function is partly or fully filled by electronic means.


    19.2  Measuring Instruments

    Every vessel should carry a barometer. Every sailing vessel should carry an anemometer and an inclinometer.
     
    19.3  Signalling Lamp

    Every vessel should carry a daylight signalling lamp, or other means to communicate by light during day and night using an energy source of electrical power not solely dependent upon the ship's power supply. The signalling lamp may be the searchlight required by 19.4.

    19.4  Searchlight

    Every vessel should carry an efficient fixed or portable searchlight suitable for man-overboard search and rescue operations.  

     

    20 Anchors and cables

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    Objective: The purpose of this section is to set out the minimum standard for anchoring and mooring arrangements. It should be noted that this element is to be an integral part of the Classification process and this should be reflected in the Class Notation.
     

     

     

    20.1 Equipment

    20.1.1 Vessels will be considered to have adequate equipment if fitted out in accordance with standards for such equipment, set by an approved Classification Society.

    20.1.2   Vessels not equipped in accordance with 20.1.1 may be specially considered by the Administration, provided full information is submitted for approval.

    20.1.3  All vessels are to have at least 2 anchors, one of which must be ready for use at all times. Any powered deployment system should be connected to an emergency power supply or be capable of being manually operated.

    20.2 Sailing Vessels

    20.2.1 The sizing of anchors and cables for sailing vessels should take into account the additional windage effect of the masts and rigging.

    20.2.2 Typically, for square rigged sailing vessels, experience based guidance on approximate increase in anchor mass and cable strength required is:

    for vessels up to 50 metres in length, typically 50% above the requirements for a typical motor vessel having the same total longitudinal profile area of hull and superstructure as the square rigged sailing vessel under consideration; and

    for vessels 100 metres in length and over, typically 30% above the requirements for a typical motor vessel having the same total longitudinal profile area of hull and superstructure as the square rigged sailing vessel under consideration.

    For a square rigged sailing vessel of between 50 and 100 metres in length the increase should be obtained by linear interpolation.


    21 Acommodation

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    21.1  General

    21.1.1  An adequate standard of accommodation should be provided to ensure the comfort, recreation, health and safety of all persons on board.

    21.1.2  Attention is drawn to the achievement of appropriate standards for means of access and escape, lighting, heating, food preparation and storage, messing, safety of movement about the vessel, ventilation and water services.

    21.1.3  Generally, accommodation standards for the crew should be at least equivalent to the standards set by the International Labour Organisation conventions for crew accommodation in merchant ships. The ILO Convention provisions should be practicable with regard to vessels greater than 500 GT. For smaller vessels, particularly sailing vessels, the standards should be applied where possible. When it is neither reasonable nor practicable to site crew sleeping accommodation amidships or aft, and above the deepest waterline as required, measures taken to ensure an equivalent level of crew health and safety should be agreed with the Administration. Sleeping accommodation with the deck head lining below the deepest waterline is not permitted. It is recommended that where such accommodation is sited partially below the deepest waterline it should be arranged such that in the event of damage to the watertight compartment in which the accommodation space is situated, the lining should not be immersed.

    21.1.5  Crew accommodation should not be sited within hazardous spaces.

    The following standards are described by general principles which need to be expanded to meet the requirements which relate to the use and areas of operation of particular vessels.

     

    21.2  Access/Escape Arrangements

    See 14A.3 and 14B.2.12.

     

    21.3  Lighting

     An electric lighting system should be installed which is capable of supplying adequate light to all enclosed accommodation and working spaces.  The system should be designed and installed in accordance with section 8.

     

    21.4  Heating

     As considered appropriate, an adequate heating installation should be provided.

    21.5  Food Preparation, Storage and Messing

    The galley floor should be provided with a non-slip surface and provide a good foothold.

    All furniture and fittings in the galley shall be made of a material which is impervious to dirt and moisture. All metal parts of furniture and fittings shall be rust resistant.

    The ventilation in the galley shall be so arranged as to ensure an adequate supply of fresh air and the efficient discharge of fumes into the open air (see also 21.7).

    When a cooking appliance is gimballed it should be protected by a crash bar or other means to prevent personal injury.  Means should be provided to lock the gimballing mechanism.

    Means should be provided to allow the cook to be secured in position, with both hands free for working, when the vessel motions threaten safe working.

    Secure and hygienic storage for food and garbage should be provided.

    A messing area(s) should be provided, each messing area shall be large enough to accommodate the greatest number of persons likely to use it at any one time.

     

    21.6  Hand Holds and Grab Rails

    There should be sufficient hand holds and grab rails within the accommodation to allow safe movement around the accommodation at all times. Stairways should be specially considered

     

    21.7  Ventilation 

    Effective means of ventilation should be provided to all enclosed spaces which are entered by personnel.

    Mechanical ventilation should be provided to all accommodation spaces on vessels which are intended to make long international voyages or operate in tropical waters. As a minimum, mechanical ventilation should be capable of providing 6 changes of air per hour, when all access and other openings (other than ventilation intakes) to the spaces are closed.

    Air conditioning systems are to provide a minimum of 25m3 of air per hour, per person accommodated in the ventilated space during normal operating conditions.

    Enclosed galleys are to be specially considered, and where air conditioning is not fitted should have, as a minimum, a mechanical supply of 20 fresh air changes per hour and a mechanical exhaust of 30 changes.

     

    21.8  Water Services

    An adequate supply of fresh drinking water should be provided and piped to convenient positions throughout the accommodation spaces.

    In addition, an emergency reserve supply of drinking water should be carried, sufficient to provide at least 2 litres per person. The installation of fresh water making machines and disinfection arrangements are to be to the acceptance of the Administration. (For the purposes of this silver ionisation or chlorination would be considered acceptable.)

     

    21.9  Sleeping Accommodation

    An appropriately sized bed (bunk or cot) should be provided for every person on board, with due regard for the guidance produced by the International Labour Organization (ILO). Where considered appropriate, means for preventing the occupants from falling out, should be provided.

    There shall be no direct access into sleeping rooms from spaces for machinery, galleys, paint rooms or from engine, deck, and other bulk storerooms, drying rooms, communal wash places or water closets.

    In crew accommodation, wherever possible, the maximum number of persons per sleeping room is to be two and there should be unobstructed access to at least one side of each bed. Any increase in the maximum number of persons per sleeping room should be agreed with the Administration

     

    21.10  Toilet Facilities

    Adequate sanitary toilet facilities should be provided on board. The facilities should be at least one water closet, one shower for every 8 persons or part thereof, and one wash basin for every 6 persons or part thereof.

     In vessels where a sanitary system, including a holding tank, are provided, care should be taken to ensure that there is no possibility of fumes from the tank finding their way back to a toilet, should the water seal at the toilet be broken.

     

    21.11   Stowage Facilities for Personal Effects
     
     Adequate stowage facilities for clothing and personal effects should be provided for every person on board.

     

    21.12  Securing of Heavy Equipment

     All heavy items of equipment such as ballast, batteries, cooking stove, etc, should be securely fastened in place.  All stowage lockers containing heavy items should have lids or doors which are capable of being securely fastened.


     

    22 Protection of personnel

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    22.1  Deckhouses and Superstructures

    The structural strength of any deckhouse or superstructure should comply with the requirements of one of the Classification Societies listed in the National Annex, as appropriate to the vessel and its areas of operation.

     

    22.2  Bulwarks and Guard Rails

    22.2.1  Bulwarks and/or guardrails on all accessible decks should be 1000 mm high except that on vessels built to 1959 Load Line Rules these may be 915mm high. Any opening should not exceed 380 mm. Where no bulwarks are fitted, or bulwark height is less than 230mm, the lowest opening should not exceed 230mm. They should be supported at intervals not exceeding 2.2 metres. Intermediate courses of rails or wires should be evenly spaced.

    22.2.2  Satisfactory means (in the form of guard rails, life lines, gangways or underdeck passages, etc.) shall be provided for the protection of the crew in getting to and from their quarters, the machinery space and all other areas used in the necessary work of the craft.

    22.2.3  Where the function of the vessel would be impeded by the provision of bulwarks and/or guard rails complying with 22.2.1, alternative proposals detailed to provide equivalent safety for persons on deck should be submitted to the Administration for approval.

     

    22.3  Safe Work Aloft, Overside, and on the Bowsprit of Sailing Vessels

    22.3.1  When access to the rig, bowsprit, or overside working is required, provision should be made to enable people to work safely, in accordance with national standards.

    22.3.2  The arrangements provided should be based on established safe working practices for the type of vessel.  The arrangements may include but not be limited to:

    1. Safety nets below the bowsprit.

    2. Safety grabrails or jackstays (metal or wire) fixed along the bowsprit to act as handholds and strong points for safety harnesses.

    3. Mandatory use of safety harnesses aloft, overside, and for work on the bowsprit.

    4. Sufficient footropes and horses in wire (or rope) permanently rigged to enable seamen to stand on them whilst working out on the yards or on the bowsprit.

    5. Safety jackstays (metal or wire) fixed along the top of the yards, to provide handholds and act as strong points for safety harnesses.

    6. Means of safely climbing aloft, such as:
      (i) fixed metal steps or ladders attached to the mast; or

      (ii) traditional ratlines (rope) or, rattling bars (wood/steel), fixed across the shrouds to form a permanent ladder.

    22.4  Personal Clothing

    It should be the responsibility of an owner/managing agent/skipper to advise that the following requirements for items of personal clothing should be met:

    1. Each person on board a vessel should have protective clothing appropriate to the prevailing air and sea temperatures.

    2. Each person on board a vessel should have footwear having non-slip soles, to be worn on board.

    22.5  Noise

    Attention is drawn to the IMO Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships, Resolution A.468 (XII), published 1982.

    22.5.1  Vessels covered by this Code should meet the recommendations so far as is reasonable and practicable.

    22.5.2  The IMO Code on Noise on Board Ships promotes the control of noise within the framework of internationally agreed guidelines, whilst recommending methods of measuring noise at listening posts.

    22.5.3  For safe navigation, it is important that sound signals and VHF communications can be heard, at the navigating position in normal operating conditions.

    22.5.4  For machinery spaces, workshops and stores which are manned either continuously or for lengthy periods, the recommended limits are 90dB(A) for machinery spaces and 85dB(A) for workshops and stores.

    For machinery spaces which are not intended to be continuously manned or are attended for short periods only, the recommended limits are 110dB(A).

    The limits have been set from hearing damage risk considerations and the use of suitable ear protectors.

    22.5.5  To indicate the need to wear ear protectors, safety signs, signs with symbols and supplementary warning notices should be displayed at all entrances to spaces in which the noise level exceeds 85dB(A).

     

    23 Medical stores

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    A vessel should carry medical stores as required by the Administration.

    Medical training requirements for members of the complement of the vessel are given in the National Annex.

     

    24 Shore-ship transfer of personnel

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    24.1  Tenders (Dinghies)

    24.1.1  When a vessel carries a rigid or inflatable tender, it should be fit for its intended use, regularly inspected by the owner/managing agent, and maintained in a safe condition

    24.1.2  Safety equipment should be provided in the tender as appropriate to its intended range and area of operation.

    24.1.3  Each tender should be clearly marked with the number of persons (mass 75 kg) that it can safely carry, and the name of the parent vessel.

    24.1.4  In the case of petrol-engined tenders, see section 14 for the safety requirements for the carriage of petrol.

     

    24.2  Helicopter

    24.2.1  When provision is made for helicopter operations to/from the vessel, the arrangements should comply with SOLAS II-2/18. (Currently refers to IMO Resolution A.855(20)). Attention is also drawn to the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) Annex 14 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation, Volume 2 ‘Heliports’.
     
    24.2.2  If it is proposed to provide refuelling facilities for a helicopter whilst it is onboard the vessel, approval should be sought from the Administration. 

     

    24.3  Pilot for Vessel

     Boarding arrangements provided for pilots should have due regard for SOLAS Chapter V, Regulation 23 and IMO Resolution A.889 (21) “Pilot transfer arrangements”, International Maritime Pilots’ Association (IMPA) recommendations, or any documents replacing them. 

     

    24.4  Gangways, Passerelles, and Accommodation Ladders

    24.4.1  A safe means of access is to be provided at all times when in port, either deployed or available for deployment.  If the safe means of access is not deployed, there shall be a means provided for communication between those on the quay and those on board. 
     
    24.4.2  When provided, gangways, passerelles, and accommodation ladders should be manufactured to a recognised national or international standard, and be clearly marked with the manufacturer's name, the model number, the maximum design angle of use and the maximum safe loading (by number of persons and by total weight). Side screens or handrail(s) should be provided.

    24.4.3  Where gangways, passerelles or ladders do not comply with national or international standards, a manufacturer’s test load certificate should be provided. Alternatively practical tests may be carried out to the satisfaction of the Administration. In all cases the maximum design angle, maximum number of persons, and the maximum total weight should be clearly marked, and are be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

    24.4.4  Accommodation ladders should be provided on a vessel of 120 metres in length and over.

    24.4.5  Access equipment and immediate approaches to it should be adequately illuminated.

    24.4.6  Reference standards include:

    BSMA 78:1978 - Gangways (excluding the maximum overall widths specified in table 2); and
    BSMA 89:1980 - Accommodation Ladders.
    ISO 7061:1993 -Shipbuilding - Aluminium shore gangways for seagoing vessels 
    ISO 5488:1979 - Shipbuilding - Accommodation ladders 

    25 Clean seas

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    25.1  Vessels should comply with all the requirements of MARPOL as prescribed by the regulations of the Administration. For vessels under 400 GT it is the owner’s responsibility to comply with local administration/port state requirements and for dealing with oily bilge water retention etc.

    25.2  Every ship of 400 GT and above, and every ship which is certified to carry 15 persons or more, should carrya garbage management plan which should include the written procedures agreed for collection, storage, processing and disposal of garbage; and a garbage record book recording disposal and incineration, as outlined in regulation 9 of Annex V of MARPOL.

    25.3  Special local requirements may exist in national sea areas, ports and harbours. The attention of owners/operators is drawn to the need to comply with local requirements as appropriate.

     

    26 Survey, certification, inspection and maintenance

    Ingangsdatum: 01-07-2009

    26.1 General

    26.1.1 All vessels covered by this code are required to be surveyed and certificated in accordance with the International Load Line Convention; vessels over 400 GT under the MARPOL Convention.  Vessels over 500 GT are required to be surveyed and certificated under the construction and safety equipment requirements of the SOLAS Convention.  All vessels ships of over 300 GT are also required to be surveyed and certificated under the radio requirements of SOLAS.  Annex 3 is the list of certificates to be issued.

    26.1.2 Statutory work may be undertaken by surveyors of the Administration or by surveyors of a Classification Society appointed by the Administration and, for safety radio, an appropriate Certifying Authority in relation to radio installations.  See National Annex for delegations.

    26.1.3 A vessel to which the International Conventions apply must be surveyed and, if the necessary standards are met, Convention certificates will be issued.  All requests for survey and certification must be made to the Administration, the appropriate Classification Society or appropriate Certifying Authority in relation to radio installations.

    26.2 Initial Survey (including new-building commercial vessels)

    Vessels are required to be issued with the following certificates, as appropriate.

    1. International Load Line Certificate (all vessels)

    2. Certificate of Compliance (all vessels) – this certificate is to cover all aspects of the Code for which a separate certificate is not required

    3. International Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate (vessels of 500 GT and over)

    4. International Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate (vessels of 500 GT and over)

    5. International Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate (vessels of 300 GT and over)

    6. International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (vessels of 400 GT and over)

    7. International Tonnage Certificate (all vessels)

    8. International Safe Manning Document (vessels of 500 GT and  over)

    9. International Safety Management (ISM) (vessels of 500GT and over).  Refer to 27.1 / 27.2.

    10. International Ship Security Certificate Management (ISPS) (vessels of 500 GT and over).  Refer to Section 28.

     

    26.3 Exemption from certain safety regulations

    If an owner/managing agent seeks any exemption from the application of specific regulations or requirements, formal application must be made to the Administration, demonstrating an equivalent level of safety.  The Administration will issue an exemption if and when appropriate.

     

    26.4 Periodical Surveys

    26.4.1 Load Line Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificates and Certificates of Compliance (Valid for 5 years in general)

    Annual, intermediate and renewal surveys with respect to the Load Line Certificates, the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificates and the Certificate of Compliance should be carried out to the satisfaction of the Administration or Class Society as appropriate.

    Any certificate is to be valid for not more the 5 years from the date of survey.

     

    26.4.2 Cargo Ship Safety Equipment and Safety Radio Certificates

    26.4.2.1 Safety Equipment Certificates and Safety Radio Certificate surveys should be carried out either by the Administration or Parties to the SOLAS Convention at the request of a the Administration; or by a Classification Society surveyor appointed by the Administration to act on its behalf; or by an appropriate Certifying Authority in relation to radio installations for cargo ships.

    26.4.2.2 An application to the Administration for an extension to the certificate will be agreed only in cases when it appears proper and reasonable to do so.

    26.4.2.3 At least once during a five year period, a surveyor appointed by the Administration will visit the ship to survey its safety equipment and to conduct a general inspection to ensure that standards are being met.

     

    26.5 Use of an Authorised Classification Society

    An authorised Classification Society is aware of the extent to which responsibility has been delegated to issue Load Line Certificates and Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificates.  International Conventions give specific discretion to an Administration to either make exemptions or accept equivalent equipment or arrangements.  The formal agreement between the Administration and an authorised Classification Society governs the relationship between the two parties.

     

    26.6 Use of a Classification Society Surveyor to act on the behalf of the Administration

    An exclusive surveyor from an authorised Classification Society and proposed by the Society may be appointed from time to time to act on behalf of the Administration in cases when it is impracticable for a surveyor of the Administration to make the visit necessary for the survey.

    When a Classification Society surveyor is so appointed, actions taken will be under direct instruction of the Administration.  The Administration will provide the appointed surveyor with detailed guidance on the scope of survey and report required.

     

    26.7 Accident Investigations

    The Administration with which the vessel is registered is obliged to investigate accidents or incidents in accordance with the requirements of International Conventions. Apart from this legal requirement, an Administration investigates such occurrences to demonstrate the effective control and importance they attach to safety at sea.

    It is an offence for the vessel's master, skipper or owner not to inform the appropriate authority of a reportable accident shortly after it occurs and to provide details so that an assessment of its seriousness can be made quickly. The Marine Administration will appoint a suitable Surveyor or Inspector whenever an investigation is required. The Marine Administration will then receive the Surveyor's or the Inspector's report and will deal with the foll